SemaDecl.cpp revision c5be7b0fc804d8e6f87298ec03c94d8cccd74f29
1//===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2// 3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4// 5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7// 8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9// 10// This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11// 12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 16#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 17#include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 18#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 19#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 20#include "clang/AST/APValue.h" 21#include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 22#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 23#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 24#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 25#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 26#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 27#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 28#include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 29#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 30#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 31#include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 32#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 33#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 34#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 35// FIXME: layering (ideally, Sema shouldn't be dependent on Lex API's) 36#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 37#include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" 38#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 39#include <algorithm> 40#include <cstring> 41#include <functional> 42using namespace clang; 43using namespace sema; 44 45Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr) { 46 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 47} 48 49/// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 50/// return the declaration of that type. 51/// 52/// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 53/// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 54/// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 55/// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 56/// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 57/// 58/// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain 59/// and then return NULL. 60ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 61 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 62 bool isClassName, 63 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr) { 64 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 65 DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0; 66 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 67 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 68 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 69 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 70 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 71 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 72 73 if (!LookupCtx) { 74 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 75 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 76 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 77 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 78 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 79 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 80 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 81 // 82 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 83 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 84 if (!isClassName) 85 return ParsedType(); 86 87 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 88 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 89 QualType T = 90 CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SS->getScopeRep(), II, 91 SourceLocation(), SS->getRange(), NameLoc); 92 return ParsedType::make(T); 93 } 94 95 return ParsedType(); 96 } 97 98 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 99 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 100 return ParsedType(); 101 } 102 103 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 104 // lookup for class-names. 105 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 106 LookupOrdinaryName; 107 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 108 if (LookupCtx) { 109 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 110 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 111 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 112 // nested-name-specifier. 113 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 114 115 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 116 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 117 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 118 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 119 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 120 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 121 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 122 LookupName(Result, S); 123 } 124 } else { 125 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 126 LookupName(Result, S); 127 } 128 129 NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0; 130 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 131 case LookupResult::NotFound: 132 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 133 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 134 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 135 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 136 return ParsedType(); 137 138 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 139 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 140 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 141 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 142 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 143 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 144 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 145 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 146 return ParsedType(); 147 } 148 149 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 150 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 151 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 152 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 153 if (!IIDecl || 154 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 155 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 156 IIDecl = *Res; 157 } 158 } 159 160 if (!IIDecl) { 161 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 162 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 163 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 164 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 165 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 166 // a type name. 167 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 168 return ParsedType(); 169 } 170 171 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 172 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 173 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 174 // perform the name lookup again. 175 break; 176 177 case LookupResult::Found: 178 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 179 break; 180 } 181 182 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 183 184 QualType T; 185 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 186 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 187 188 if (T.isNull()) 189 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 190 191 if (SS) 192 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 193 194 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 195 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 196 } else { 197 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 198 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 199 return ParsedType(); 200 } 201 202 return ParsedType::make(T); 203} 204 205/// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 206/// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 207/// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 208/// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_class). This is used to diagnose cases in C 209/// where the user forgot to specify the tag. 210DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 211 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 212 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 213 LookupName(R, S, false); 214 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 215 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 216 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 217 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 218 default: return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 219 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 220 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 221 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 222 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 223 } 224 } 225 226 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 227} 228 229bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, 230 SourceLocation IILoc, 231 Scope *S, 232 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 233 ParsedType &SuggestedType) { 234 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 235 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 236 237 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 238 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 239 LookupResult Lookup(*this, &II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 240 NotForRedeclaration); 241 242 if (DeclarationName Corrected = CorrectTypo(Lookup, S, SS, 0, 0, CTC_Type)) { 243 if (NamedDecl *Result = Lookup.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>()) { 244 if ((isa<TypeDecl>(Result) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(Result)) && 245 !Result->isInvalidDecl()) { 246 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 247 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) 248 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 249 << &II << Lookup.getLookupName() 250 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 251 Result->getNameAsString()); 252 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 253 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 254 << &II << DC << Lookup.getLookupName() << SS->getRange() 255 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), 256 Result->getNameAsString()); 257 else 258 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 259 260 Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 261 << Result->getDeclName(); 262 263 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS); 264 return true; 265 } 266 } else if (Lookup.empty()) { 267 // We corrected to a keyword. 268 // FIXME: Actually recover with the keyword we suggest, and emit a fix-it. 269 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) 270 << &II << Corrected; 271 return true; 272 } 273 } 274 275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 276 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 277 UnqualifiedId Name; 278 Name.setIdentifier(&II, IILoc); 279 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 280 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 281 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 282 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 283 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 284 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 285 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>(); 286 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 287 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 288 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 289 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 290 } 291 return true; 292 } 293 } 294 295 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 296 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 297 298 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 299 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << &II; 300 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 301 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 302 << &II << DC << SS->getRange(); 303 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 304 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_typename_missing) 305 << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II.getName() 306 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 307 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 308 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, IILoc).get(); 309 } else { 310 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 311 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 312 } 313 314 return true; 315} 316 317// Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 318// context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 319// exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 320DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 321 322 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 323 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 324 // the context we'll need to return to. 325 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) { 326 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 327 328 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 329 // lexical context. 330 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 331 return DC; 332 333 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 334 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 335 // class is the context we need to return to. 336 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 337 DC = RD; 338 339 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 340 // declared in. 341 return DC; 342 } 343 344 // ObjCMethodDecls are parsed (for some reason) outside the context 345 // of the class. 346 if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(DC)) 347 return DC->getLexicalParent()->getLexicalParent(); 348 349 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 350} 351 352void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 353 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 354 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 355 CurContext = DC; 356 S->setEntity(DC); 357} 358 359void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 360 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 361 362 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 363 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 364} 365 366/// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 367/// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 368/// 369void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 370 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 371 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 372 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 373 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 374 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 375 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 376 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 377 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 378 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 379 // namespace. 380 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 381 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 382 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 383 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 384 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 385 386 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 387 388#ifndef NDEBUG 389 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 390 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 391 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 392#endif 393 394 CurContext = DC; 395 S->setEntity(DC); 396} 397 398void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 399 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 400 401 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 402 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 403 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 404 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 405 CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity(); 406 407 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 408 // disappear. 409} 410 411/// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 412/// PrevDecl with another declaration. 413/// 414/// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 415/// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 416/// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 417/// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 418/// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 419/// attribute. 420static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 421 ASTContext &Context) { 422 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 423 return true; 424 425 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 426 return true; 427 428 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 429 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 430} 431 432/// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 433void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 434 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 435 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 436 // scope. 437 while (S->getEntity() && 438 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) 439 S = S->getParent(); 440 441 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 442 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 443 // into any context. 444 if (AddToContext) 445 CurContext->addDecl(D); 446 447 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++. 448 // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C. 449 if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) && 450 D->isOutOfLine()) 451 return; 452 453 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 454 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 455 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 456 return; 457 458 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 459 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 460 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 461 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 462 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 463 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 464 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 465 466 // Should only need to replace one decl. 467 break; 468 } 469 } 470 471 S->AddDecl(D); 472 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 473} 474 475bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S) { 476 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, Context, S); 477} 478 479Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 480 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 481 do { 482 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity()) 483 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 484 return S; 485 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 486 487 return 0; 488} 489 490static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 491 DeclContext*, 492 ASTContext&); 493 494/// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 495/// as determined by isDeclInScope. 496static void FilterLookupForScope(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &R, 497 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 498 bool ConsiderLinkage) { 499 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 500 while (F.hasNext()) { 501 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 502 503 if (SemaRef.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S)) 504 continue; 505 506 if (ConsiderLinkage && 507 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, SemaRef.Context)) 508 continue; 509 510 F.erase(); 511 } 512 513 F.done(); 514} 515 516static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 517 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 518 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 519 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 520} 521 522/// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 523static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 524 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 525 while (F.hasNext()) 526 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 527 F.erase(); 528 529 F.done(); 530} 531 532/// \brief Check for this common pattern: 533/// @code 534/// class S { 535/// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 536/// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 537/// }; 538/// @endcode 539static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 540 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 541 // the decl here. 542 if (D->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 543 return false; 544 545 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 546 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 547 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 548 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 549 return false; 550} 551 552bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 553 assert(D); 554 555 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 556 return false; 557 558 // Ignore class templates. 559 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 560 return false; 561 562 // We warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 563 if (D->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage) 564 return false; 565 566 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 567 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 568 return false; 569 570 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 571 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 572 return false; 573 } else { 574 // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn. 575 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 576 FD->isInlineSpecified()) 577 return false; 578 } 579 580 if (FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 581 return !Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD); 582 return true; 583 } 584 585 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 586 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 587 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 588 return false; 589 590 if ( VD->isFileVarDecl() && 591 !VD->getType().isConstant(Context)) 592 return !Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD); 593 } 594 595 return false; 596 } 597 598 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 599 if (!D) 600 return; 601 602 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 603 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration(); 604 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 605 return; // First should already be in the vector. 606 } 607 608 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 609 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration(); 610 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 611 return; // First should already be in the vector. 612 } 613 614 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 615 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 616 } 617 618static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 619 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 620 return false; 621 622 if (D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 623 return false; 624 625 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 626 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 627 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 628 return false; 629 630 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 631 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) { 632 633 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 634 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 635 636 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 637 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) { 638 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 639 return false; 640 } 641 642 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 643 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 644 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 645 return false; 646 647 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 648 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 649 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 650 return false; 651 652 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 653 // FIXME: Checking for the presence of a user-declared constructor 654 // isn't completely accurate; we'd prefer to check that the initializer 655 // has no side effects. 656 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) 657 return false; 658 } 659 } 660 661 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 662 } 663 664 return true; 665} 666 667void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 668 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 669 return; 670 671 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 672 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_exception_param) 673 << D->getDeclName(); 674 else 675 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_variable) 676 << D->getDeclName(); 677} 678 679void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 680 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 681 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 682 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 683 684 for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end(); 685 I != E; ++I) { 686 Decl *TmpD = (*I); 687 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 688 689 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 690 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 691 692 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 693 694 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 695 if (S->getNumErrorsAtStart() == getDiagnostics().getNumErrors()) 696 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 697 698 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 699 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 700 } 701} 702 703/// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 704/// 705/// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 706/// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 707/// to the fixed name. 708/// 709/// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 710/// 711/// \param TypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 712/// if there is no class with the given name. 713/// 714/// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 715/// class could not be found. 716ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 717 SourceLocation IdLoc, 718 bool TypoCorrection) { 719 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 720 // creation from this context. 721 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 722 723 if (!IDecl && TypoCorrection) { 724 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 725 // find an Objective-C class name. 726 LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 727 if (CorrectTypo(R, TUScope, 0, 0, false, CTC_NoKeywords) && 728 (IDecl = R.getAsSingle<ObjCInterfaceDecl>())) { 729 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) 730 << Id << IDecl->getDeclName() 731 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString()); 732 Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 733 << IDecl->getDeclName(); 734 735 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 736 } 737 } 738 739 return dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 740} 741 742/// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 743/// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 744/// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 745/// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 746/// ill-formed in C++: 747/// @code 748/// struct S6 { 749/// enum { BAR } e; 750/// }; 751/// 752/// void test_S6() { 753/// struct S6 a; 754/// a.e = BAR; 755/// } 756/// @endcode 757/// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 758/// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 759/// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 760/// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 761/// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 762/// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 763/// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 764/// contain non-field names. 765Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 766 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 767 (S->getEntity() && 768 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) || 769 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)) 770 S = S->getParent(); 771 return S; 772} 773 774void Sema::InitBuiltinVaListType() { 775 if (!Context.getBuiltinVaListType().isNull()) 776 return; 777 778 IdentifierInfo *VaIdent = &Context.Idents.get("__builtin_va_list"); 779 NamedDecl *VaDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, VaIdent, SourceLocation(), 780 LookupOrdinaryName, ForRedeclaration); 781 TypedefDecl *VaTypedef = cast<TypedefDecl>(VaDecl); 782 Context.setBuiltinVaListType(Context.getTypedefType(VaTypedef)); 783} 784 785/// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 786/// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 787/// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 788/// built-in. 789NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 790 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 791 SourceLocation Loc) { 792 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 793 794 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasVAListUse(BID)) 795 InitBuiltinVaListType(); 796 797 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 798 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 799 switch (Error) { 800 case ASTContext::GE_None: 801 // Okay 802 break; 803 804 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 805 if (ForRedeclaration) 806 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_stdio) 807 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 808 return 0; 809 810 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 811 if (ForRedeclaration) 812 Diag(Loc, diag::err_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp) 813 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 814 return 0; 815 } 816 817 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 818 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 819 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 820 << R; 821 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 822 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 823 != Diagnostic::Ignored) 824 Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header) 825 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 826 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 827 } 828 829 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 830 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 831 Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0, 832 SC_Extern, 833 SC_None, false, 834 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 835 New->setImplicit(); 836 837 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 838 // FunctionDecl. 839 if (FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 840 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 841 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) 842 Params.push_back(ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 0, 843 FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0, 844 SC_None, SC_None, 0)); 845 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 846 } 847 848 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 849 850 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 851 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 852 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 853 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 854 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 855 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 856 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 857 CurContext = SavedContext; 858 return New; 859} 860 861/// MergeTypeDefDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 862/// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 863/// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 864/// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 865/// 866void Sema::MergeTypeDefDecl(TypedefDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 867 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 868 // merging checks. 869 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 870 871 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 872 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 873 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) { 874 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 875 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 876 default: break; 877 case 2: 878 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 879 break; 880 Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 881 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 882 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 883 return; 884 case 5: 885 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 886 break; 887 Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 888 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 889 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 890 return; 891 case 3: 892 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 893 break; 894 Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 895 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 896 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 897 return; 898 case 8: 899 if (!TypeID->isStr("Protocol")) 900 break; 901 Context.setObjCProtoType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 902 return; 903 } 904 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 905 } 906 907 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 908 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 909 if (!Old) { 910 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 911 << New->getDeclName(); 912 913 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 914 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 915 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 916 917 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 918 } 919 920 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 921 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 922 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 923 924 // Determine the "old" type we'll use for checking and diagnostics. 925 QualType OldType; 926 if (TypedefDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 927 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 928 else 929 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 930 931 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 932 // with any extensions enabled. 933 934 if (OldType != New->getUnderlyingType() && 935 Context.getCanonicalType(OldType) != 936 Context.getCanonicalType(New->getUnderlyingType())) { 937 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 938 << New->getUnderlyingType() << OldType; 939 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 940 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 941 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 942 } 943 944 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain if the old 945 // declaration was a typedef. 946 // FIXME: this is a potential source of wierdness if the type 947 // spellings don't match exactly. 948 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(Old)) 949 New->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<TypedefDecl>(Old)); 950 951 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 952 return; 953 954 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 955 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 956 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 957 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 958 // to the type to which it already refers. 959 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 960 return; 961 962 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 963 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 964 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 965 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 966 // 967 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 968 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 969 // 970 // struct S { 971 // typedef struct A { } A; 972 // }; 973 // 974 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 975 // allow the above but disallow 976 // 977 // struct S { 978 // typedef int I; 979 // typedef int I; 980 // }; 981 // 982 // since that was the intent of DR56. 983 if (!isa<TypedefDecl >(Old)) 984 return; 985 986 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 987 << New->getDeclName(); 988 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 989 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 990 } 991 992 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 993 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 994 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 995 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 996 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 997 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 998 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 999 return; 1000 1001 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef) 1002 << New->getDeclName(); 1003 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1004 return; 1005} 1006 1007/// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1008/// attribute. 1009static bool 1010DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1011 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1012 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i) 1013 if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1014 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1015 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i)) 1016 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind(); 1017 return true; 1018 } 1019 1020 return false; 1021} 1022 1023/// MergeDeclAttributes - append attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 1024static void MergeDeclAttributes(Decl *New, Decl *Old, ASTContext &C) { 1025 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 1026 return; 1027 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 1028 // we process them. 1029 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 1030 New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 1031 for (Decl::attr_iterator i = Old->attr_begin(), e = Old->attr_end(); i != e; 1032 ++i) { 1033 // FIXME: Make this more general than just checking for Overloadable. 1034 if (!DeclHasAttr(New, *i) && (*i)->getKind() != attr::Overloadable) { 1035 Attr *NewAttr = (*i)->clone(C); 1036 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 1037 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 1038 } 1039 } 1040} 1041 1042namespace { 1043 1044/// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 1045/// C. 1046struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 1047 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 1048 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 1049 QualType PromotedType; 1050}; 1051 1052} 1053 1054/// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 1055Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 1056 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 1057 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 1058 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 1059 1060 return Sema::CXXConstructor; 1061 } 1062 1063 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) 1064 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 1065 1066 assert(MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator() && 1067 "Must have copy assignment operator"); 1068 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 1069} 1070 1071/// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 1072/// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 1073/// GNU89 mode. 1074static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 1075 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 1076 return (LangOpts.GNUMode && !LangOpts.C99 && !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 1077 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 1078 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 1079} 1080 1081/// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 1082/// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 1083/// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 1084/// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1085/// 1086/// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 1087/// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 1088/// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 1089/// merged with. 1090/// 1091/// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 1092bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD) { 1093 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 1094 FunctionDecl *Old = 0; 1095 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate 1096 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD)) 1097 Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl(); 1098 else 1099 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD); 1100 if (!Old) { 1101 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 1102 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 1103 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 1104 diag::note_using_decl_target); 1105 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 1106 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 1107 return true; 1108 } 1109 1110 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1111 << New->getDeclName(); 1112 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1113 return true; 1114 } 1115 1116 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, 1117 // implicit declaration, or a declaration. 1118 diag::kind PrevDiag; 1119 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 1120 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 1121 else if (Old->isImplicit()) 1122 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 1123 else 1124 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 1125 1126 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 1127 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 1128 1129 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 1130 // is an extern inline function. 1131 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 1132 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1133 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1134 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOptions())) { 1135 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 1136 << New; 1137 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag); 1138 return true; 1139 } 1140 1141 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is 1142 // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the 1143 // calling convention of the first. 1144 // 1145 // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the 1146 // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling 1147 // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in 1148 // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away 1149 // because it is the default calling convention. 1150 // 1151 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 1152 // other tests to run. 1153 const FunctionType *OldType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1154 const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1155 const FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 1156 const FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 1157 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != CC_Default && 1158 NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) { 1159 NewQType = Context.getCallConvType(NewQType, OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 1160 New->setType(NewQType); 1161 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewQType); 1162 } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(), 1163 NewTypeInfo.getCC())) { 1164 // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain. 1165 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 1166 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 1167 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) 1168 << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" : 1169 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC())); 1170 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1171 return true; 1172 } 1173 1174 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 1175 if (OldType->getNoReturnAttr() && !NewType->getNoReturnAttr()) { 1176 NewQType = Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType); 1177 New->setType(NewQType); 1178 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1179 } 1180 1181 // Merge regparm attribute. 1182 if (OldType->getRegParmType() != NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1183 if (NewType->getRegParmType()) { 1184 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 1185 << NewType->getRegParmType() 1186 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 1187 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1188 return true; 1189 } 1190 1191 NewQType = Context.getRegParmType(NewQType, OldType->getRegParmType()); 1192 New->setType(NewQType); 1193 assert(NewQType.isCanonical()); 1194 } 1195 1196 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1197 // (C++98 13.1p2): 1198 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 1199 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 1200 // cannot be overloaded. 1201 QualType OldReturnType 1202 = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1203 QualType NewReturnType 1204 = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType.getTypePtr())->getResultType(); 1205 QualType ResQT; 1206 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 1207 if (NewReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1208 && OldReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 1209 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 1210 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 1211 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type); 1212 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1213 return true; 1214 } 1215 else 1216 NewQType = ResQT; 1217 } 1218 1219 const CXXMethodDecl* OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 1220 CXXMethodDecl* NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 1221 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 1222 // Preserve triviality. 1223 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 1224 1225 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 1226 1227 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 1228 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 1229 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 1230 // is a static member function declaration. 1231 if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) { 1232 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 1233 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1234 return true; 1235 } 1236 1237 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1238 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 1239 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 1240 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 1241 unsigned NewDiag; 1242 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 1243 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 1244 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 1245 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 1246 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 1247 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 1248 else 1249 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 1250 1251 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 1252 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1253 1254 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 1255 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 1256 // 1257 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 1258 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 1259 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 1260 if (isFriend) { 1261 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 1262 } else { 1263 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 1264 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 1265 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 1266 return true; 1267 } 1268 } 1269 } 1270 1271 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 1272 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 1273 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 1274 // attributes should be ignored when comparing. 1275 if (Context.getNoReturnType(OldQType, false) == 1276 Context.getNoReturnType(NewQType, false)) 1277 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1278 1279 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 1280 } 1281 1282 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 1283 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 1284 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1285 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 1286 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1287 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 1288 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0; 1289 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 1290 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 1291 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 1292 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 1293 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 1294 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1295 OldProto->arg_type_end()); 1296 NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(), 1297 ParamTypes.data(), ParamTypes.size(), 1298 OldProto->isVariadic(), 1299 OldProto->getTypeQuals(), 1300 false, false, 0, 0, 1301 OldProto->getExtInfo()); 1302 New->setType(NewQType); 1303 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 1304 1305 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 1306 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1307 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator 1308 ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(), 1309 ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end(); 1310 ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) { 1311 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, 1312 SourceLocation(), 0, 1313 *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0, 1314 SC_None, SC_None, 1315 0); 1316 Param->setImplicit(); 1317 Params.push_back(Param); 1318 } 1319 1320 New->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 1321 } 1322 1323 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1324 } 1325 1326 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 1327 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 1328 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 1329 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 1330 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 1331 // the prototype. 1332 // 1333 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 1334 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 1335 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 1336 // C99 6.9.1p8. 1337 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1338 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 1339 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 1340 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 1341 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 1342 llvm::SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 1343 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 1344 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1345 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 1346 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1347 1348 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 1349 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(), 1350 NewProto->getResultType()); 1351 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 1352 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 1353 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 1354 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 1355 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 1356 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1357 NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) { 1358 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1359 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 1360 NewParm->getType(), 1361 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 1362 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn 1363 = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) }; 1364 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 1365 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 1366 } else 1367 LooseCompatible = false; 1368 } 1369 1370 if (LooseCompatible) { 1371 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 1372 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 1373 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 1374 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 1375 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 1376 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 1377 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 1378 diag::note_previous_declaration); 1379 } 1380 1381 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, &ArgTypes[0], 1382 ArgTypes.size(), 1383 OldProto->isVariadic(), 0, 1384 false, false, 0, 0, 1385 OldProto->getExtInfo())); 1386 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old); 1387 } 1388 1389 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 1390 } 1391 1392 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or defined 1393 // with a different type- show appropriate diagnostic 1394 if (unsigned BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID()) { 1395 // The user has declared a builtin function with an incompatible 1396 // signature. 1397 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 1398 // The function the user is redeclaring is a library-defined 1399 // function like 'malloc' or 'printf'. Warn about the 1400 // redeclaration, then pretend that we don't know about this 1401 // library built-in. 1402 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 1403 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 1404 << Old << Old->getType(); 1405 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 1406 Old->setInvalidDecl(); 1407 return false; 1408 } 1409 1410 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 1411 } 1412 1413 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 1414 Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 1415 return true; 1416} 1417 1418/// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 1419/// known to be compatible. 1420/// 1421/// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 1422/// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to 1423/// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 1424/// redeclaration of Old. 1425/// 1426/// \returns false 1427bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old) { 1428 // Merge the attributes 1429 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1430 1431 // Merge the storage class. 1432 if (Old->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && 1433 Old->getStorageClass() != SC_None) 1434 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1435 1436 // Merge "pure" flag. 1437 if (Old->isPure()) 1438 New->setPure(); 1439 1440 // Merge the "deleted" flag. 1441 if (Old->isDeleted()) 1442 New->setDeleted(); 1443 1444 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1445 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old); 1446 1447 return false; 1448} 1449 1450/// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 1451/// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 1452/// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 1453/// 1454/// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 1455/// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 1456/// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 1457/// 1458void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 1459 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 1460 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 1461 return; 1462 1463 // Verify the old decl was also a variable. 1464 VarDecl *Old = 0; 1465 if (!Previous.isSingleResult() || 1466 !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) { 1467 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1468 << New->getDeclName(); 1469 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 1470 diag::note_previous_definition); 1471 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1472 } 1473 1474 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 1475 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 1476 // 1477 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 1478 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 1479 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 1480 << New->getIdentifier(); 1481 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1482 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1483 } 1484 1485 MergeDeclAttributes(New, Old, Context); 1486 1487 // Merge the types 1488 QualType MergedT; 1489 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1490 if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) 1491 MergedT = New->getType(); 1492 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 1493 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 1494 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 1495 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 1496 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 1497 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 1498 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 1499 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1500 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1501 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1502 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1503 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1504 MergedT = New->getType(); 1505 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 1506 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 1507 CanQual<ArrayType> OldArray 1508 = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1509 CanQual<ArrayType> NewArray 1510 = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType())->getAs<ArrayType>(); 1511 if (OldArray->getElementType() == NewArray->getElementType()) 1512 MergedT = Old->getType(); 1513 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() 1514 && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 1515 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1516 } 1517 } else { 1518 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 1519 } 1520 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 1521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 1522 << New->getDeclName(); 1523 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1524 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1525 } 1526 New->setType(MergedT); 1527 1528 // C99 6.2.2p4: Check if we have a static decl followed by a non-static. 1529 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 1530 (Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None || Old->hasExternalStorage())) { 1531 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1532 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1533 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1534 } 1535 // C99 6.2.2p4: 1536 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 1537 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 1538 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 1539 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 1540 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 1541 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 1542 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 1543 // identifier has external linkage. 1544 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 1545 /* Okay */; 1546 else if (New->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 1547 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 1548 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 1549 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1550 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1551 } 1552 1553 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 1554 1555 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 1556 // need to check for mismatches. 1557 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 1558 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 1559 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 1560 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 1561 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 1562 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1563 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1564 } 1565 1566 if (New->isThreadSpecified() && !Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1567 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1568 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1569 } else if (!New->isThreadSpecified() && Old->isThreadSpecified()) { 1570 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 1571 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1572 } 1573 1574 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 1575 const VarDecl *Def; 1576 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1577 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 1578 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 1579 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1580 << New->getDeclName(); 1581 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1582 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1583 return; 1584 } 1585 // c99 6.2.2 P4. 1586 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier extern in a 1587 // scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is visible, if 1588 // the prior declaration specifies internal or external linkage, the linkage 1589 // of the identifier at the later declaration is the same as the linkage 1590 // specified at the prior declaration. 1591 // FIXME. revisit this code. 1592 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 1593 Old->getLinkage() == InternalLinkage && 1594 New->getDeclContext() == Old->getDeclContext()) 1595 New->setStorageClass(Old->getStorageClass()); 1596 1597 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 1598 New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old); 1599 1600 // Inherit access appropriately. 1601 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 1602} 1603 1604/// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 1605/// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 1606Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 1607 DeclSpec &DS) { 1608 // FIXME: Error on auto/register at file scope 1609 // FIXME: Error on inline/virtual/explicit 1610 // FIXME: Warn on useless __thread 1611 // FIXME: Warn on useless const/volatile 1612 // FIXME: Warn on useless static/extern/typedef/private_extern/mutable 1613 // FIXME: Warn on useless attributes 1614 Decl *TagD = 0; 1615 TagDecl *Tag = 0; 1616 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 1617 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 1618 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 1619 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 1620 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 1621 1622 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 1623 return 0; 1624 1625 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 1626 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 1627 // it's a Type. 1628 Tag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 1629 } 1630 1631 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 1632 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 1633 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 1634 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 1635 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 1636 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 1637 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1638 } 1639 1640 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 1641 // If we're dealing with a class template decl, assume that the 1642 // template routines are handling it. 1643 if (TagD && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 1644 return 0; 1645 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this, 0, 0)); 1646 } 1647 1648 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1649 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, DS.getAttributes()); 1650 1651 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isDefinition() && 1652 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 1653 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 1654 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 1655 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record); 1656 1657 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1658 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1659 } 1660 1661 // Microsoft allows unnamed struct/union fields. Don't complain 1662 // about them. 1663 // FIXME: Should we support Microsoft's extensions in this area? 1664 if (Record->getDeclName() && getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1665 return Tag; 1666 } 1667 1668 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 1669 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 1670 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 1671 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 1672 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 1673 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1674 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1675 1676 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk() && 1677 DS.getTypeSpecType() != DeclSpec::TST_error) { 1678 // Warn about typedefs of enums without names, since this is an 1679 // extension in both Microsoft and GNU. 1680 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1681 Tag && isa<EnumDecl>(Tag)) { 1682 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 1683 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1684 return Tag; 1685 } 1686 1687 Diag(DS.getSourceRange().getBegin(), diag::ext_no_declarators) 1688 << DS.getSourceRange(); 1689 } 1690 1691 return TagD; 1692} 1693 1694/// ActOnVlaStmt - This rouine if finds a vla expression in a decl spec. 1695/// builds a statement for it and returns it so it is evaluated. 1696StmtResult Sema::ActOnVlaStmt(const DeclSpec &DS) { 1697 StmtResult R; 1698 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr) { 1699 Expr *Exp = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 1700 QualType Ty = Exp->getType(); 1701 if (Ty->isPointerType()) { 1702 do 1703 Ty = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1704 while (Ty->isPointerType()); 1705 } 1706 if (Ty->isVariableArrayType()) { 1707 R = ActOnExprStmt(MakeFullExpr(Exp)); 1708 } 1709 } 1710 return R; 1711} 1712 1713/// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 1714/// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 1715/// 1716/// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 1717static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 1718 Scope *S, 1719 DeclContext *Owner, 1720 DeclarationName Name, 1721 SourceLocation NameLoc, 1722 unsigned diagnostic) { 1723 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 1724 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 1725 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 1726 1727 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1728 return false; 1729 1730 // Pick a representative declaration. 1731 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1732 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 1733 1734 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 1735 return false; 1736 1737 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 1738 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 1739 1740 return true; 1741} 1742 1743/// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 1744/// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 1745/// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 1746/// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 1747/// struct, e.g., 1748/// 1749/// @code 1750/// union { 1751/// int i; 1752/// float f; 1753/// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 1754/// // f into the surrounding scope.x 1755/// @endcode 1756/// 1757/// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 1758/// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 1759static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 1760 DeclContext *Owner, 1761 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 1762 AccessSpecifier AS) { 1763 unsigned diagKind 1764 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 1765 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 1766 1767 bool Invalid = false; 1768 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator F = AnonRecord->field_begin(), 1769 FEnd = AnonRecord->field_end(); 1770 F != FEnd; ++F) { 1771 if ((*F)->getDeclName()) { 1772 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, (*F)->getDeclName(), 1773 (*F)->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 1774 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1775 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 1776 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 1777 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 1778 Invalid = true; 1779 } else { 1780 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1781 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 1782 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 1783 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 1784 // anonymous union is declared. 1785 Owner->makeDeclVisibleInContext(*F); 1786 S->AddDecl(*F); 1787 SemaRef.IdResolver.AddDecl(*F); 1788 1789 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 1790 if (AS != AS_none) (*F)->setAccess(AS); 1791 } 1792 } else if (const RecordType *InnerRecordType 1793 = (*F)->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1794 RecordDecl *InnerRecord = InnerRecordType->getDecl(); 1795 if (InnerRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) 1796 Invalid = Invalid || 1797 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(SemaRef, S, Owner, 1798 InnerRecord, AS); 1799 } 1800 } 1801 1802 return Invalid; 1803} 1804 1805/// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1806/// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1807/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1808static StorageClass 1809StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1810 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1811 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1812 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1813 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1814 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 1815 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 1816 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1817 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1818 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1819 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1820 } 1821 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1822} 1823 1824/// StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 1825/// a StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 1826/// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 1827static StorageClass 1828StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec) { 1829 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 1830 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 1831 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: return SC_Extern; 1832 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 1833 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 1834 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 1835 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: // Fall through. 1836 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 1837 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: // Fall through. 1838 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 1839 } 1840 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 1841} 1842 1843/// ActOnAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 1844/// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 1845/// (C++ [class.union]) and a GNU C extension; anonymous structures 1846/// are a GNU C and GNU C++ extension. 1847Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 1848 AccessSpecifier AS, 1849 RecordDecl *Record) { 1850 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 1851 1852 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 1853 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1854 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 1855 else if (!Record->isUnion()) 1856 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct); 1857 1858 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 1859 // structs/unions. 1860 bool Invalid = false; 1861 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 1862 const char* PrevSpec = 0; 1863 unsigned DiagID; 1864 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1865 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 1866 // global namespace shall be declared static. 1867 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 1868 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 1869 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 1870 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 1871 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static); 1872 Invalid = true; 1873 1874 // Recover by adding 'static'. 1875 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 1876 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1877 } 1878 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1879 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 1880 // anonymous union in a class scope. 1881 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 1882 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1883 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 1884 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec); 1885 Invalid = true; 1886 1887 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 1888 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, SourceLocation(), 1889 PrevSpec, DiagID); 1890 } 1891 1892 // C++ [class.union]p2: 1893 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 1894 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 1895 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 1896 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(), 1897 MemEnd = Record->decls_end(); 1898 Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) { 1899 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) { 1900 // C++ [class.union]p3: 1901 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 1902 // members (clause 11). 1903 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 1904 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 1905 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 1906 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 1907 Invalid = true; 1908 } 1909 1910 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 1911 Invalid = true; 1912 } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) { 1913 // Any implicit members are fine. 1914 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) { 1915 // This is a type that showed up in an 1916 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 1917 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 1918 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 1919 } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) { 1920 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 1921 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 1922 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1923 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 1924 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1925 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1926 else { 1927 // This is a nested type declaration. 1928 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1929 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1930 Invalid = true; 1931 } 1932 } 1933 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) { 1934 // Any access specifier is fine. 1935 } else { 1936 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 1937 // member. Complain about it. 1938 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 1939 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem)) 1940 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 1941 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem)) 1942 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 1943 else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem)) 1944 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 1945 1946 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 1947 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 1948 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 1949 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 1950 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1951 else { 1952 Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK) 1953 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 1954 Invalid = true; 1955 } 1956 } 1957 } 1958 } 1959 1960 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 1961 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 1962 << (int)getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 1963 Invalid = true; 1964 } 1965 1966 // Mock up a declarator. 1967 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 1968 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 1969 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 1970 1971 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 1972 NamedDecl *Anon = 0; 1973 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 1974 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, Record->getLocation(), 1975 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 1976 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 1977 TInfo, 1978 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false); 1979 Anon->setAccess(AS); 1980 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 1981 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 1982 } else { 1983 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 1984 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 1985 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 1986 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1987 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 1988 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 1989 // an error here 1990 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 1991 Invalid = true; 1992 SC = SC_None; 1993 } 1994 SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 1995 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 1996 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 1997 1998 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, Record->getLocation(), 1999 /*IdentifierInfo=*/0, 2000 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 2001 TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2002 } 2003 Anon->setImplicit(); 2004 2005 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 2006 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 2007 // its members. 2008 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 2009 2010 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 2011 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 2012 // purposes. 2013 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS)) 2014 Invalid = true; 2015 2016 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not 2017 // do this until after we have already checked and injected the 2018 // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise 2019 // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it 2020 // builds its lookup table, and once by 2021 // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers. 2022 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 2023 2024 if (Invalid) 2025 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 2026 2027 return Anon; 2028} 2029 2030 2031/// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 2032/// given Declarator. 2033DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 2034 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 2035} 2036 2037/// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 2038DeclarationNameInfo 2039Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 2040 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 2041 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2042 2043 switch (Name.getKind()) { 2044 2045 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 2046 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 2047 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2048 return NameInfo; 2049 2050 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 2051 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2052 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 2053 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2054 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 2055 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 2056 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 2057 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 2058 return NameInfo; 2059 2060 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 2061 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 2062 Name.Identifier)); 2063 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2064 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 2065 return NameInfo; 2066 2067 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 2068 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2069 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 2070 if (Ty.isNull()) 2071 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2072 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 2073 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2074 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2075 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2076 return NameInfo; 2077 } 2078 2079 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 2080 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2081 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 2082 if (Ty.isNull()) 2083 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2084 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2085 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2086 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2087 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2088 return NameInfo; 2089 } 2090 2091 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 2092 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 2093 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 2094 // to find the actual type being constructed. 2095 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 2096 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 2097 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2098 2099 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 2100 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 2101 2102 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 2103 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 2104 // was qualified. 2105 2106 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 2107 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 2108 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2109 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 2110 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0); 2111 return NameInfo; 2112 } 2113 2114 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 2115 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 2116 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 2117 if (Ty.isNull()) 2118 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2119 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 2120 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 2121 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 2122 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 2123 return NameInfo; 2124 } 2125 2126 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 2127 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 2128 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 2129 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 2130 } 2131 2132 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 2133 2134 assert(false && "Unknown name kind"); 2135 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 2136} 2137 2138/// isNearlyMatchingFunction - Determine whether the C++ functions 2139/// Declaration and Definition are "nearly" matching. This heuristic 2140/// is used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line 2141/// function definition doesn't match any declaration within 2142/// the class or namespace. 2143static bool isNearlyMatchingFunction(ASTContext &Context, 2144 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 2145 FunctionDecl *Definition) { 2146 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 2147 return false; 2148 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 2149 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2150 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 2151 2152 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamTy.getNonReferenceType(), 2153 DefParamTy.getNonReferenceType())) 2154 return false; 2155 } 2156 2157 return true; 2158} 2159 2160/// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 2161/// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 2162/// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 2163/// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 2164/// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 2165static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 2166 DeclarationName Name) { 2167 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 2168 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 2169 // - types which will become injected class names 2170 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 2171 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 2172 // few cases here. 2173 2174 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 2175 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 2176 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 2177 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 2178 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: { 2179 // Grab the type from the parser. 2180 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0; 2181 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 2182 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 2183 2184 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 2185 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 2186 // attached already. 2187 if (!TSI) 2188 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 2189 2190 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 2191 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 2192 if (!TSI) return true; 2193 2194 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 2195 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 2196 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 2197 break; 2198 } 2199 2200 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 2201 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 2202 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 2203 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 2204 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 2205 break; 2206 } 2207 2208 default: 2209 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 2210 break; 2211 } 2212 2213 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 2214 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 2215 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 2216 2217 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 2218 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 2219 // pointer. 2220 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 2221 continue; 2222 2223 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 2224 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 2225 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 2226 return true; 2227 } 2228 2229 return false; 2230} 2231 2232Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 2233 return HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), false); 2234} 2235 2236Decl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 2237 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2238 bool IsFunctionDefinition) { 2239 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 2240 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 2241 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 2242 2243 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 2244 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 2245 if (!Name) { 2246 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 2247 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2248 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 2249 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 2250 return 0; 2251 } 2252 2253 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 2254 // we find one that is. 2255 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 2256 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 2257 S = S->getParent(); 2258 2259 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 2260 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 2261 D.setInvalidType(); 2262 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2263 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 2264 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 2265 if (!DC) { 2266 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 2267 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 2268 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 2269 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 2270 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2271 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 2272 << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 2273 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2274 return 0; 2275 } 2276 2277 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 2278 2279 if (!IsDependentContext && 2280 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 2281 return 0; 2282 2283 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 2284 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2285 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 2286 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2287 D.setInvalidType(); 2288 } 2289 2290 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 2291 // declaration in the current instantiation. 2292 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 2293 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 2294 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 2295 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 2296 D.setInvalidType(); 2297 } 2298 } 2299 2300 NamedDecl *New; 2301 2302 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 2303 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 2304 2305 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 2306 ForRedeclaration); 2307 2308 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 2309 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2310 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 2311 2312 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 2313 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 2314 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 2315 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2316 /* Do nothing*/; 2317 else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2318 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || 2319 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2320 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2321 } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern) 2322 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2323 else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 2324 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 2325 IsLinkageLookup = true; 2326 2327 if (IsLinkageLookup) 2328 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 2329 2330 LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup); 2331 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 2332 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 2333 2334 // Don't consider using declarations as previous declarations for 2335 // out-of-line members. 2336 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 2337 2338 // C++ 7.3.1.2p2: 2339 // Members (including explicit specializations of templates) of a named 2340 // namespace can also be defined outside that namespace by explicit 2341 // qualification of the name being defined, provided that the entity being 2342 // defined was already declared in the namespace and the definition appears 2343 // after the point of declaration in a namespace that encloses the 2344 // declarations namespace. 2345 // 2346 // Note that we only check the context at this point. We don't yet 2347 // have enough information to make sure that PrevDecl is actually 2348 // the declaration we want to match. For example, given: 2349 // 2350 // class X { 2351 // void f(); 2352 // void f(float); 2353 // }; 2354 // 2355 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 2356 // 2357 // In this case, PrevDecl will point to the overload set 2358 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 2359 // matches. 2360 2361 // First check whether we named the global scope. 2362 if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 2363 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 2364 << Name << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2365 } else { 2366 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 2367 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur)) 2368 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 2369 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 2370 // The qualifying scope doesn't enclose the original declaration. 2371 // Emit diagnostic based on current scope. 2372 SourceLocation L = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 2373 SourceRange R = D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2374 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 2375 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) << Name << R; 2376 else 2377 Diag(L, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 2378 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << R; 2379 D.setInvalidType(); 2380 } 2381 } 2382 } 2383 2384 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2385 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 2386 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 2387 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 2388 if (DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2389 Previous.getFoundDecl())) 2390 D.setInvalidType(); 2391 2392 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 2393 Previous.clear(); 2394 } 2395 2396 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 2397 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 2398 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 2399 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 2400 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 2401 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 2402 Previous.clear(); 2403 2404 bool Redeclaration = false; 2405 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 2406 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 2407 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 2408 return 0; 2409 } 2410 2411 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, Redeclaration); 2412 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 2413 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2414 move(TemplateParamLists), 2415 IsFunctionDefinition, Redeclaration); 2416 } else { 2417 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, R, TInfo, Previous, 2418 move(TemplateParamLists), 2419 Redeclaration); 2420 } 2421 2422 if (New == 0) 2423 return 0; 2424 2425 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 2426 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 2427 if (New->getDeclName() && !(Redeclaration && New->isInvalidDecl())) 2428 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 2429 2430 return New; 2431} 2432 2433/// TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType - Helper method to turn variable array 2434/// types into constant array types in certain situations which would otherwise 2435/// be errors (for GCC compatibility). 2436static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 2437 ASTContext &Context, 2438 bool &SizeIsNegative, 2439 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 2440 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 2441 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 2442 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 2443 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 2444 SizeIsNegative = false; 2445 Oversized = 0; 2446 2447 if (T->isDependentType()) 2448 return QualType(); 2449 2450 QualifierCollector Qs; 2451 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 2452 2453 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 2454 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 2455 QualType FixedType = 2456 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2457 Oversized); 2458 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 2459 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 2460 return Qs.apply(FixedType); 2461 } 2462 2463 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 2464 if (!VLATy) 2465 return QualType(); 2466 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 2467 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 2468 return QualType(); 2469 2470 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult; 2471 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 2472 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || 2473 !EvalResult.Val.isInt()) 2474 return QualType(); 2475 2476 // Check whether the array size is negative. 2477 llvm::APSInt &Res = EvalResult.Val.getInt(); 2478 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 2479 SizeIsNegative = true; 2480 return QualType(); 2481 } 2482 2483 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 2484 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 2485 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 2486 Res); 2487 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 2488 Oversized = Res; 2489 return QualType(); 2490 } 2491 2492 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 2493 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 2494} 2495 2496/// \brief Register the given locally-scoped external C declaration so 2497/// that it can be found later for redeclarations 2498void 2499Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, 2500 const LookupResult &Previous, 2501 Scope *S) { 2502 assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 2503 "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!"); 2504 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 2505 LocallyScopedExternalDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 2506 2507 if (!Previous.isSingleResult()) 2508 return; 2509 2510 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 2511 2512 // If there was a previous declaration of this variable, it may be 2513 // in our identifier chain. Update the identifier chain with the new 2514 // declaration. 2515 if (S && IdResolver.ReplaceDecl(PrevDecl, ND)) { 2516 // The previous declaration was found on the identifer resolver 2517 // chain, so remove it from its scope. 2518 while (S && !S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) 2519 S = S->getParent(); 2520 2521 if (S) 2522 S->RemoveDecl(PrevDecl); 2523 } 2524} 2525 2526/// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 2527/// does not identify a function. 2528void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(Declarator& D) { 2529 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 2530 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 2531 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) 2532 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 2533 diag::err_inline_non_function); 2534 2535 if (D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified()) 2536 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 2537 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 2538 2539 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified()) 2540 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 2541 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 2542} 2543 2544NamedDecl* 2545Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2546 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2547 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 2548 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2549 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2550 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 2551 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2552 D.setInvalidType(); 2553 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 2554 DC = CurContext; 2555 Previous.clear(); 2556 } 2557 2558 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2559 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2560 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2561 } 2562 2563 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2564 2565 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 2566 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 2567 2568 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 2569 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 2570 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 2571 return 0; 2572 } 2573 2574 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, R, TInfo); 2575 if (!NewTD) return 0; 2576 2577 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2578 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 2579 2580 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 2581 // then it shall have block scope. 2582 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 2583 // that redeclarations will match. 2584 QualType T = NewTD->getUnderlyingType(); 2585 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 2586 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 2587 2588 if (S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2589 bool SizeIsNegative; 2590 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 2591 QualType FixedTy = 2592 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 2593 Oversized); 2594 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 2595 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 2596 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy)); 2597 } else { 2598 if (SizeIsNegative) 2599 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 2600 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 2601 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 2602 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 2603 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_array_too_large) 2604 << Oversized.toString(10); 2605 else 2606 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 2607 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 2608 } 2609 } 2610 } 2611 2612 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 2613 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 2614 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false); 2615 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2616 Redeclaration = true; 2617 MergeTypeDefDecl(NewTD, Previous); 2618 } 2619 2620 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 2621 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 2622 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 2623 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 2624 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 2625 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 2626 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 2627 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2628 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 2629 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 2630 } 2631 2632 return NewTD; 2633} 2634 2635/// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 2636/// previous declaration. 2637/// 2638/// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 2639/// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 2640/// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 2641/// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 2642/// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 2643/// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 2644/// 2645/// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 2646/// lookup 2647/// 2648/// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 2649/// declared. 2650/// 2651/// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 2652/// for a new delcaration with the same name. 2653static bool 2654isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 2655 ASTContext &Context) { 2656 if (!PrevDecl) 2657 return false; 2658 2659 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 2660 return false; 2661 2662 if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 2663 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 2664 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 2665 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 2666 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 2667 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 2668 // linkage of the previous declaration. 2669 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 2670 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2671 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 2672 return false; 2673 2674 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 2675 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 2676 // We found a member function: ignore it. 2677 return false; 2678 2679 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 2680 // previous declarations. 2681 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2682 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 2683 2684 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 2685 // isn't the same function. 2686 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 2687 return false; 2688 } 2689 2690 return true; 2691} 2692 2693static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 2694 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 2695 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 2696 DD->setQualifierInfo(static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()), 2697 SS.getRange()); 2698} 2699 2700NamedDecl* 2701Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 2702 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 2703 LookupResult &Previous, 2704 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 2705 bool &Redeclaration) { 2706 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 2707 2708 // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only). 2709 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 2710 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 2711 2712 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 2713 assert(SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 2714 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 2715 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2716 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 2717 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 2718 // an error here 2719 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 2720 D.setInvalidType(); 2721 SC = SC_None; 2722 } 2723 SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 2724 VarDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 2725 = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 2726 2727 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 2728 if (!II) { 2729 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 2730 << Name.getAsString(); 2731 return 0; 2732 } 2733 2734 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 2735 2736 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) { 2737 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 2738 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 2739 if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) { 2740 2741 // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this 2742 // is a GNU extension. 2743 if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel()) 2744 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register); 2745 else 2746 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 2747 D.setInvalidType(); 2748 } 2749 } 2750 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 2751 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 2752 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2753 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 2754 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 2755 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 2756 } else if (SC == SC_None) 2757 SC = SC_Static; 2758 } 2759 if (SC == SC_Static) { 2760 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 2761 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 2762 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2763 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 2764 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 2765 } 2766 } 2767 2768 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 2769 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 2770 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 2771 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 2772 bool Invalid = false; 2773 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 2774 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 2775 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 2776 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 2777 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), 2778 TemplateParamLists.size(), 2779 /*never a friend*/ false, 2780 isExplicitSpecialization, 2781 Invalid)) { 2782 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 2783 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 2784 2785 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 2786 // There is no such thing as a variable template. 2787 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable) 2788 << II 2789 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2790 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2791 return 0; 2792 } else { 2793 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 2794 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 2795 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2796 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 2797 << II 2798 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 2799 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 2800 2801 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 2802 } 2803 } 2804 2805 VarDecl *NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 2806 II, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten); 2807 2808 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) 2809 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2810 2811 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 2812 2813 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2814 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 2815 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 2816 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.release()); 2817 } 2818 2819 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) { 2820 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 2821 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_non_global); 2822 else if (!Context.Target.isTLSSupported()) 2823 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported); 2824 else 2825 NewVD->setThreadSpecified(true); 2826 } 2827 2828 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 2829 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 2830 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 2831 2832 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 2833 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 2834 2835 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 2836 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 2837 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 2838 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 2839 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 2840 Context, SE->getString())); 2841 } 2842 2843 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 2844 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) 2845 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 2846 2847 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 2848 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 2849 // declaration has linkage). 2850 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewVD->hasLinkage()); 2851 2852 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 2853 if (!Previous.empty()) { 2854 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 2855 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 2856 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2857 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 2858 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 2859 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 2860 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2861 Previous.clear(); 2862 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2863 } 2864 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 2865 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 2866 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 2867 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 2868 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 2869 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2870 } 2871 2872 CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous, Redeclaration); 2873 2874 // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it. 2875 if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 2876 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 2877 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 2878 2879 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2880 // FIXME: This should be handled in attribute merging, not 2881 // here. 2882 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 2883 VarDecl *Def = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 2884 if (Def && (Def = Def->getDefinition()) && 2885 Def != NewVD && D.hasAttributes()) { 2886 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2887 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2888 } 2889 } 2890 2891 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of 2892 // such variables. 2893 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() && 2894 !NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2895 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S); 2896 2897 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 2898 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 2899 if (NewVD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 2900 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewVD); 2901 2902 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewVD); 2903 2904 return NewVD; 2905} 2906 2907/// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 2908/// -Wshadow. 2909/// 2910/// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 2911/// scope. 2912/// 2913/// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 2914/// \param R the lookup of the name 2915/// 2916void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 2917 // Return if warning is ignored. 2918 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) == Diagnostic::Ignored) 2919 return; 2920 2921 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. The scope might not 2922 // have a DeclContext if (e.g.) we're parsing a function prototype. 2923 DeclContext *NewDC = static_cast<DeclContext*>(S->getEntity()); 2924 if (NewDC && NewDC->isFileContext()) 2925 return; 2926 2927 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 2928 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 2929 return; 2930 2931 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 2932 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2933 return; 2934 2935 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 2936 2937 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 2938 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 2939 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 2940 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 2941 return; 2942 2943 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 2944 // static data members from base classes? 2945 2946 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 2947 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 2948 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 2949 } 2950 2951 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 2952 unsigned Kind; 2953 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 2954 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 2955 Kind = 3; // field 2956 else 2957 Kind = 2; // static data member 2958 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 2959 Kind = 1; // global 2960 else 2961 Kind = 0; // local 2962 2963 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 2964 2965 // Emit warning and note. 2966 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 2967 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2968} 2969 2970/// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 2971void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 2972 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 2973 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 2974 LookupName(R, S); 2975 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 2976} 2977 2978/// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 2979/// declaration. 2980/// 2981/// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 2982/// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 2983/// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 2984/// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 2985/// that have been instantiated from a template. 2986/// 2987/// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 2988void Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, 2989 LookupResult &Previous, 2990 bool &Redeclaration) { 2991 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 2992 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 2993 return; 2994 2995 QualType T = NewVD->getType(); 2996 2997 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 2998 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 2999 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3000 } 3001 3002 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 3003 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 3004 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 3005 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 3006 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && (T.getAddressSpace() != 0)) { 3007 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 3008 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3009 } 3010 3011 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 3012 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3013 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 3014 3015 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 3016 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 3017 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 3018 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 3019 3020 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 3021 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 3022 bool SizeIsNegative; 3023 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 3024 QualType FixedTy = 3025 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative, 3026 Oversized); 3027 3028 if (FixedTy.isNull() && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 3029 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 3030 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 3031 // int a[10][n]; 3032 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 3033 3034 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3035 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 3036 << SizeRange; 3037 else if (NewVD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 3038 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 3039 << SizeRange; 3040 else 3041 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 3042 << SizeRange; 3043 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3044 } 3045 3046 if (FixedTy.isNull()) { 3047 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 3048 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 3049 else 3050 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 3051 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3052 } 3053 3054 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 3055 NewVD->setType(FixedTy); 3056 } 3057 3058 if (Previous.empty() && NewVD->isExternC()) { 3059 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3060 // an extern "C" variable, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3061 // declaration with the same name. 3062 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3063 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewVD->getDeclName()); 3064 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3065 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3066 } 3067 3068 if (T->isVoidType() && !NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) { 3069 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 3070 << T; 3071 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3072 } 3073 3074 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3075 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 3076 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3077 } 3078 3079 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 3080 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 3081 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3082 } 3083 3084 // Function pointers and references cannot have qualified function type, only 3085 // function pointer-to-members can do that. 3086 QualType Pointee; 3087 unsigned PtrOrRef = 0; 3088 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 3089 Pointee = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 3090 else if (const ReferenceType *Ref = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) { 3091 Pointee = Ref->getPointeeType(); 3092 PtrOrRef = 1; 3093 } 3094 if (!Pointee.isNull() && Pointee->isFunctionProtoType() && 3095 Pointee->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getTypeQuals() != 0) { 3096 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_qualified_function_pointer) 3097 << PtrOrRef; 3098 return NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 3099 } 3100 3101 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3102 Redeclaration = true; 3103 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 3104 } 3105} 3106 3107/// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 3108struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 3109 Sema *S; 3110 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 3111}; 3112 3113/// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 3114/// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 3115/// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 3116static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 3117 CXXBasePath &Path, 3118 void *UserData) { 3119 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 3120 3121 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 3122 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 3123 3124 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 3125 3126 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 3127 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3128 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 3129 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 3130 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 3131 3132 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 3133 } 3134 3135 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 3136 Path.Decls.first != Path.Decls.second; 3137 ++Path.Decls.first) { 3138 NamedDecl *D = *Path.Decls.first; 3139 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 3140 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 3141 return true; 3142 } 3143 } 3144 3145 return false; 3146} 3147 3148/// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 3149/// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 3150void Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 3151 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 3152 CXXBasePaths Paths; 3153 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 3154 Data.Method = MD; 3155 Data.S = this; 3156 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 3157 for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(), 3158 E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) { 3159 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) { 3160 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 3161 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 3162 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD)) 3163 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 3164 } 3165 } 3166 } 3167} 3168 3169NamedDecl* 3170Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 3171 QualType R, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 3172 LookupResult &Previous, 3173 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 3174 bool IsFunctionDefinition, bool &Redeclaration) { 3175 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 3176 3177 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 3178 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 3179 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 3180 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = SC_None; 3181 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 3182 default: assert(0 && "Unknown storage class!"); 3183 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 3184 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 3185 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 3186 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3187 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 3188 D.setInvalidType(); 3189 break; 3190 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: SC = SC_None; break; 3191 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: SC = SC_Extern; break; 3192 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 3193 if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3194 // C99 6.7.1p5: 3195 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 3196 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 3197 // other than extern 3198 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 3199 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3200 diag::err_static_block_func); 3201 SC = SC_None; 3202 } else 3203 SC = SC_Static; 3204 break; 3205 } 3206 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: SC = SC_PrivateExtern; break; 3207 } 3208 3209 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 3210 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 3211 3212 bool isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 3213 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 3214 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 3215 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 3216 3217 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecAsWritten(); 3218 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SCAsWritten 3219 = StorageClassSpecToFunctionDeclStorageClass(SCSpec); 3220 3221 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 3222 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 3223 // the class has been completely parsed. 3224 if (!DC->isRecord() && 3225 RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3226 R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), 3227 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 3228 AbstractReturnType)) 3229 D.setInvalidType(); 3230 3231 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value. 3232 if (R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isObjCObjectType()) { 3233 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3234 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 3235 << R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(); 3236 D.setInvalidType(); 3237 } 3238 3239 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 3240 FunctionDecl *NewFD; 3241 3242 if (isFriend) { 3243 // C++ [class.friend]p5 3244 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 3245 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 3246 isInline |= IsFunctionDefinition; 3247 } 3248 3249 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 3250 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 3251 assert(DC->isRecord() && 3252 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 3253 3254 R = CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3255 3256 // Create the new declaration 3257 NewFD = CXXConstructorDecl::Create(Context, 3258 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3259 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3260 isExplicit, isInline, 3261 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3262 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 3263 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 3264 if (DC->isRecord()) { 3265 R = CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3266 3267 NewFD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(Context, 3268 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3269 NameInfo, R, 3270 isInline, 3271 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 3272 NewFD->setTypeSourceInfo(TInfo); 3273 3274 isVirtualOkay = true; 3275 } else { 3276 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 3277 3278 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 3279 // code path. 3280 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3281 Name, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3282 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 3283 D.setInvalidType(); 3284 } 3285 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 3286 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 3287 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 3288 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 3289 return 0; 3290 } 3291 3292 CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 3293 NewFD = CXXConversionDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3294 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3295 isInline, isExplicit); 3296 3297 isVirtualOkay = true; 3298 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 3299 // If the of the function is the same as the name of the record, then this 3300 // must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 3301 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 3302 // constructor if it has no return type). 3303 // must have an invalid constructor that has a return type 3304 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 3305 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 3306 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 3307 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 3308 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3309 return 0; 3310 } 3311 3312 bool isStatic = SC == SC_Static; 3313 3314 // [class.free]p1: 3315 // Any allocation function for a class T is a static member 3316 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3317 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 3318 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New) 3319 isStatic = true; 3320 3321 // [class.free]p6 Any deallocation function for a class X is a static member 3322 // (even if not explicitly declared static). 3323 if (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 3324 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) 3325 isStatic = true; 3326 3327 // This is a C++ method declaration. 3328 NewFD = CXXMethodDecl::Create(Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 3329 NameInfo, R, TInfo, 3330 isStatic, SCAsWritten, isInline); 3331 3332 isVirtualOkay = !isStatic; 3333 } else { 3334 // Determine whether the function was written with a 3335 // prototype. This true when: 3336 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 3337 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 3338 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 3339 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 3340 bool HasPrototype = 3341 getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 3342 (D.getNumTypeObjects() && D.getTypeObject(0).Fun.hasPrototype) || 3343 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 3344 3345 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3346 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, SCAsWritten, isInline, 3347 HasPrototype); 3348 } 3349 3350 if (D.isInvalidType()) 3351 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3352 3353 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 3354 3355 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ 3356 // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the 3357 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 3358 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3359 3360 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 3361 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 3362 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0; 3363 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 3364 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 3365 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParamLists.size(); 3366 bool Invalid = false; 3367 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 3368 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 3369 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3370 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 3371 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.get(), 3372 TemplateParamLists.size(), 3373 isFriend, 3374 isExplicitSpecialization, 3375 Invalid)) { 3376 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 3377 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 3378 3379 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 3380 // This is a function template 3381 3382 // Check that we can declare a template here. 3383 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 3384 return 0; 3385 3386 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 3387 NewFD->getLocation(), 3388 Name, TemplateParams, 3389 NewFD); 3390 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 3391 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 3392 } else { 3393 // This is a function template specialization. 3394 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3395 3396 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 3397 if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3398 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 3399 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 3400 3401 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 3402 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 3403 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 3404 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 3405 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 3406 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 3407 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3408 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 3409 InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 3410 } 3411 3412 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 3413 << Name << RemoveRange 3414 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 3415 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 3416 } 3417 } 3418 } 3419 3420 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 3421 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 3422 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 3423 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParamLists.release()); 3424 } 3425 3426 if (Invalid) { 3427 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3428 if (FunctionTemplate) 3429 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3430 } 3431 3432 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 3433 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 3434 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 3435 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 3436 // 3437 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3438 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 3439 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 3440 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 3441 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3442 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 3443 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 3444 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 3445 } else { 3446 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 3447 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 3448 CurClass->setMethodAsVirtual(NewFD); 3449 } 3450 } 3451 3452 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 3453 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function declaration. 3454 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3455 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 3456 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 3457 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 3458 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 3459 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 3460 } 3461 } 3462 3463 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 3464 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 3465 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; see 12.3.1 3466 // and 12.3.2. 3467 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3468 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 3469 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 3470 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3471 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 3472 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3473 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 3474 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3475 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 3476 // or conversion function. 3477 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 3478 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 3479 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 3480 } 3481 } 3482 3483 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 3484 FilterLookupForScope(*this, Previous, DC, S, NewFD->hasLinkage()); 3485 3486 if (isFriend) { 3487 // DC is the namespace in which the function is being declared. 3488 assert((DC->isFileContext() || !Previous.empty()) && 3489 "previously-undeclared friend function being created " 3490 "in a non-namespace context"); 3491 3492 // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration. 3493 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3494 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3495 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 3496 } 3497 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false); 3498 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3499 } 3500 3501 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 3502 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 3503 // C++ [class.static]p1: 3504 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 3505 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 3506 // the class. 3507 3508 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 3509 // member function definition. 3510 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3511 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 3512 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3513 } 3514 3515 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 3516 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 3517 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 3518 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 3519 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 3520 SE->getString())); 3521 } 3522 3523 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 3524 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 3525 llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 3526 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0) { 3527 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 3528 3529 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 3530 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 3531 // single void argument. 3532 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 3533 // already checks for that case. 3534 if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 && 3535 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param && 3536 cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) { 3537 // Empty arg list, don't push any params. 3538 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param); 3539 3540 // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a 3541 // typedef of void is not permitted. 3542 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 3543 Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) 3544 Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void); 3545 // FIXME: Leaks decl? 3546 } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) { 3547 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) { 3548 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param); 3549 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 3550 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 3551 Params.push_back(Param); 3552 3553 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 3554 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3555 } 3556 } 3557 3558 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3559 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 3560 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 3561 // parameters for use in the declaration. 3562 // 3563 // @code 3564 // typedef void fn(int); 3565 // fn f; 3566 // @endcode 3567 3568 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 3569 for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(), 3570 AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) { 3571 ParmVarDecl *Param = 3572 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI); 3573 Params.push_back(Param); 3574 } 3575 } else { 3576 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 3577 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 3578 } 3579 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 3580 NewFD->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size()); 3581 3582 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 3583 // argument list into our AST format. 3584 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3585 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 3586 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 3587 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 3588 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 3589 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 3590 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this, 3591 TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 3592 TemplateId->NumArgs); 3593 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 3594 TemplateArgs); 3595 TemplateArgsPtr.release(); 3596 3597 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3598 3599 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3600 // FIXME: Diagnose function template with explicit template 3601 // arguments. 3602 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 3603 } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 3604 !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 3605 // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a 3606 // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template 3607 // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had 3608 // too few of them). 3609 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header) 3610 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc) 3611 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion( 3612 D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange().getBegin(), 3613 "template<> "); 3614 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3615 } else { 3616 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 3617 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 3618 } 3619 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3620 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 3621 // wrote something like: 3622 // template <> friend void foo(int); 3623 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 3624 // friend void foo<>(int); 3625 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 3626 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 3627 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3628 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 3629 } 3630 3631 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 3632 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 3633 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 3634 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 3635 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 3636 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext())) { 3637 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 3638 "friend function specialization without template args"); 3639 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 3640 Previous)) 3641 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3642 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 3643 if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 3644 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0), 3645 Previous)) 3646 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3647 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3648 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 3649 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3650 } 3651 3652 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 3653 bool OverloadableAttrRequired = false; // FIXME: HACK! 3654 CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, isExplicitSpecialization, 3655 Redeclaration, /*FIXME:*/OverloadableAttrRequired); 3656 3657 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !Redeclaration || 3658 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 3659 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 3660 3661 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 3662 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 3663 : NewFD); 3664 3665 if (isFriend && Redeclaration) { 3666 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 3667 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3668 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDeclaration()->getAccess(); 3669 3670 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 3671 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 3672 3673 PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true); 3674 } 3675 3676 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 3677 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 3678 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 3679 3680 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 3681 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 3682 if (FunctionTemplate) { 3683 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDeclaration(); 3684 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3685 PrevTemplate? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0, 3686 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate 3687 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 3688 } 3689 3690 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3691 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 3692 if (!Redeclaration && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 3693 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 3694 3695 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 3696 // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 3697 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 3698 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 3699 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an extension 3700 // for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to generate them. 3701 if (!IsFunctionDefinition && !isFriend && 3702 !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && !isExplicitSpecialization) { 3703 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 3704 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3705 } 3706 if (!Redeclaration && !(isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 3707 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 3708 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 3709 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 3710 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 3711 // 3712 // class X { 3713 // void f() const; 3714 // }; 3715 // 3716 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 3717 // 3718 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 3719 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 3720 // whether the parameter types are references). 3721 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match) 3722 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 3723 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3724 3725 LookupResult Prev(*this, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 3726 ForRedeclaration); 3727 LookupQualifiedName(Prev, DC); 3728 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 3729 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 3730 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 3731 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 3732 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Func) && 3733 isNearlyMatchingFunction(Context, cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func), NewFD)) 3734 Diag((*Func)->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match); 3735 } 3736 } 3737 } 3738 3739 // Handle attributes. We need to have merged decls when handling attributes 3740 // (for example to check for conflicts, etc). 3741 // FIXME: This needs to happen before we merge declarations. Then, 3742 // let attribute merging cope with attribute conflicts. 3743 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 3744 3745 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 3746 // FIXME: This should happen during attribute merging 3747 if (Redeclaration && Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3748 const FunctionDecl *Def; 3749 FunctionDecl *PrevFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3750 if (PrevFD && PrevFD->hasBody(Def) && D.hasAttributes()) { 3751 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 3752 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 3757 3758 if (OverloadableAttrRequired && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 3759 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 3760 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 3761 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 3762 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 3763 if (!Previous.empty()) 3764 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3765 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 3766 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(), Context)); 3767 } 3768 3769 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 3770 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 3771 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 3772 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 3773 << NewFD; 3774 3775 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 3776 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 3777 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), 3778 0, 0, true, 0, false, false, 0, 0, 3779 FT->getExtInfo()); 3780 NewFD->setType(R); 3781 } 3782 3783 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 3784 // member, set the visibility of this function. 3785 if (NewFD->getLinkage() == ExternalLinkage && !DC->isRecord()) 3786 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 3787 3788 // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the 3789 // map of such names. 3790 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC() 3791 && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3792 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S); 3793 3794 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 3795 NewFD->setLocEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 3796 3797 if (FunctionTemplate && NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 3798 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 3799 3800 if (FunctionTemplate) 3801 return FunctionTemplate; 3802 3803 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 3804 3805 return NewFD; 3806} 3807 3808/// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 3809/// 3810/// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 3811/// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 3812/// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 3813/// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 3814/// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 3815/// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 3816/// via InstantiateDecl). 3817/// 3818/// \param IsExplicitSpecialiation whether this new function declaration is 3819/// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 3820/// 3821/// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 3822void Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 3823 LookupResult &Previous, 3824 bool IsExplicitSpecialization, 3825 bool &Redeclaration, 3826 bool &OverloadableAttrRequired) { 3827 // If NewFD is already known erroneous, don't do any of this checking. 3828 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 3829 // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately. 3830 // This avoids some consistency errors later. 3831 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 3832 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->getParent()->setInvalidDecl(); 3833 3834 return; 3835 } 3836 3837 if (NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 3838 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 3839 // because all functions have linkage. 3840 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 3841 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3842 } 3843 3844 if (NewFD->isMain()) 3845 CheckMain(NewFD); 3846 3847 // Check for a previous declaration of this name. 3848 if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) { 3849 // Since we did not find anything by this name and we're declaring 3850 // an extern "C" function, look for a non-visible extern "C" 3851 // declaration with the same name. 3852 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 3853 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(NewFD->getDeclName()); 3854 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) 3855 Previous.addDecl(Pos->second); 3856 } 3857 3858 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 3859 // the same name, if appropriate. 3860 if (!Previous.empty()) { 3861 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 3862 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 3863 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 3864 // function to the scope. 3865 3866 NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0; 3867 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 3868 Redeclaration = true; 3869 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 3870 } else { 3871 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3872 OverloadableAttrRequired = true; 3873 3874 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 3875 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 3876 case Ovl_Match: 3877 Redeclaration = true; 3878 break; 3879 3880 case Ovl_NonFunction: 3881 Redeclaration = true; 3882 break; 3883 3884 case Ovl_Overload: 3885 Redeclaration = false; 3886 break; 3887 } 3888 } 3889 3890 if (Redeclaration) { 3891 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 3892 // merged. 3893 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl)) 3894 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3895 3896 Previous.clear(); 3897 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 3898 3899 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 3900 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 3901 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 3902 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 3903 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 3904 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 3905 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 3906 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 3907 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 3908 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 3909 } 3910 3911 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 3912 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 3913 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 3914 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 3915 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 3916 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 3917 } 3918 } else { 3919 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) // Set access for out-of-line definitions 3920 NewFD->setAccess(OldDecl->getAccess()); 3921 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 3922 } 3923 } 3924 } 3925 3926 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 3927 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 3928 // C++-specific checks. 3929 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 3930 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 3931 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 3932 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 3933 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 3934 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 3935 3936 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 3937 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 3938 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 3939 DeclarationName Name 3940 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 3941 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 3942// NewFD->getDeclName().dump(); 3943// Name.dump(); 3944 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 3945 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 3946 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3947 } 3948 } 3949 3950 // C++ [class.dtor]p3: A destructor is trivial if it is an implicitly- 3951 // declared destructor. 3952 // FIXME: C++0x: don't do this for "= default" destructors 3953 Record->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); 3954 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 3955 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 3956 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 3957 } 3958 3959 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 3960 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 3961 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 3962 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 3963 AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method); 3964 } 3965 3966 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 3967 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 3968 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 3969 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3970 3971 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 3972 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 3973 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) 3974 return NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 3975 3976 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 3977 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 3978 // during delayed parsing anyway. 3979 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 3980 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 3981 } 3982} 3983 3984void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD) { 3985 // C++ [basic.start.main]p3: A program that declares main to be inline 3986 // or static is ill-formed. 3987 // C99 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, the inline function specifier 3988 // shall not appear in a declaration of main. 3989 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 3990 bool isInline = FD->isInlineSpecified(); 3991 bool isStatic = FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static; 3992 if (isInline || isStatic) { 3993 unsigned diagID = diag::warn_unusual_main_decl; 3994 if (isInline || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 3995 diagID = diag::err_unusual_main_decl; 3996 3997 int which = isStatic + (isInline << 1) - 1; 3998 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diagID) << which; 3999 } 4000 4001 QualType T = FD->getType(); 4002 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 4003 const FunctionType* FT = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 4004 4005 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) { 4006 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4007 TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc(); 4008 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder& D = Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), 4009 diag::err_main_returns_nonint); 4010 if (FunctionTypeLoc* PTL = dyn_cast<FunctionTypeLoc>(&TL)) { 4011 D << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(PTL->getResultLoc().getSourceRange(), 4012 "int"); 4013 } 4014 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4015 } 4016 4017 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 4018 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 4019 4020 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 4021 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs(); 4022 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 4023 4024 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 4025 4026 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 4027 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 4028 // getting shifty. 4029 if (nparams == 4 && 4030 Context.Target.getTriple().getOS() == llvm::Triple::Darwin) 4031 HasExtraParameters = false; 4032 4033 if (HasExtraParameters) { 4034 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 4035 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4036 nparams = 3; 4037 } 4038 4039 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 4040 // if we had some location information about types. 4041 4042 QualType CharPP = 4043 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 4044 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 4045 4046 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 4047 QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i); 4048 4049 bool mismatch = true; 4050 4051 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 4052 mismatch = false; 4053 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 4054 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 4055 // char const ** 4056 // char const * const * 4057 // char * const * 4058 4059 QualifierCollector qs; 4060 const PointerType* PT; 4061 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4062 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 4063 (QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0) == Context.CharTy)) { 4064 qs.removeConst(); 4065 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 4066 } 4067 } 4068 4069 if (mismatch) { 4070 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 4071 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 4072 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 4073 } 4074 } 4075 4076 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 4077 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 4078 } 4079} 4080 4081bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 4082 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 4083 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 4084 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 4085 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 4086 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 4087 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 4088 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 4089 // rules there don't matter.) 4090 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4091 return false; 4092 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 4093 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4094 return true; 4095} 4096 4097void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init) { 4098 AddInitializerToDecl(dcl, init, /*DirectInit=*/false); 4099} 4100 4101/// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 4102/// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 4103/// initialization rather than copy initialization. 4104void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) { 4105 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 4106 // the initializer. 4107 if (RealDecl == 0) 4108 return; 4109 4110 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4111 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 4112 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 4113 // Thus this grotesque test. 4114 IntegerLiteral *IL; 4115 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 4116 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 4117 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 4118 else { 4119 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 4120 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 4121 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 4122 } 4123 return; 4124 } 4125 4126 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 4127 if (!VDecl) { 4128 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 4129 RealDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 4130 isa<NamedDecl>(RealDecl)) 4131 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_member_initialization); 4132 else 4133 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 4134 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4135 return; 4136 } 4137 4138 4139 4140 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 4141 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by the 4142 // initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 4143 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 4144 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 4145 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 4146 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 4147 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4148 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4149 return; 4150 } 4151 4152 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4153 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 4154 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4155 AbstractVariableType)) 4156 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4157 4158 const VarDecl *Def; 4159 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 4160 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 4161 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4162 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4163 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4164 return; 4165 } 4166 4167 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 4168 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 4169 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 4170 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 4171 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 4172 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 4173 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 4174 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 4175 // 4176 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 4177 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 4178 // declaration with an initializer. 4179 const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0; 4180 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 4181 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << VDecl->getDeclName(); 4182 Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4183 return; 4184 } 4185 4186 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 4187 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4188 4189 // Capture the variable that is being initialized and the style of 4190 // initialization. 4191 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 4192 4193 // FIXME: Poor source location information. 4194 InitializationKind Kind 4195 = DirectInit? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 4196 Init->getLocStart(), 4197 Init->getLocEnd()) 4198 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 4199 Init->getLocStart()); 4200 4201 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 4202 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 4203 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 4204 if (VDecl->isBlockVarDecl()) { 4205 if (VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { // C99 6.7.8p5 4206 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 4207 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4208 } else if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4209 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4210 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4211 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4212 &DclT); 4213 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4214 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4215 return; 4216 } 4217 4218 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4219 4220 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4221 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4222 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4223 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) // C99 6.7.8p4. 4224 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4225 } 4226 } 4227 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 4228 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 4229 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 4230 // 4231 // struct S { 4232 // static const int value = 17; 4233 // }; 4234 4235 // Try to perform the initialization regardless. 4236 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4237 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4238 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4239 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4240 &DclT); 4241 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4242 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4243 return; 4244 } 4245 4246 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4247 } 4248 4249 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 4250 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 4251 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 4252 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 4253 QualType T = VDecl->getType(); 4254 4255 // Do nothing on dependent types. 4256 if (T->isDependentType()) { 4257 4258 // Require constness. 4259 } else if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 4260 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 4261 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4262 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4263 4264 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 4265 } else if (T->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 4266 if (!Init->isValueDependent()) { 4267 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 4268 llvm::APSInt Value; 4269 SourceLocation Loc; 4270 if (!Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context, &Loc)) { 4271 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4272 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4273 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4274 } 4275 } 4276 4277 // We allow floating-point constants as an extension in C++03, and 4278 // C++0x has far more complicated rules that we don't really 4279 // implement fully. 4280 } else { 4281 bool Allowed = false; 4282 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x) { 4283 Allowed = T->isLiteralType(); 4284 } else if (T->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 4285 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 4286 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4287 Allowed = true; 4288 } 4289 4290 if (!Allowed) { 4291 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 4292 << T << Init->getSourceRange(); 4293 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4294 4295 // TODO: there are probably expressions that pass here that shouldn't. 4296 } else if (!Init->isValueDependent() && 4297 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) { 4298 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 4299 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4300 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4301 } 4302 } 4303 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 4304 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 4305 (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || 4306 !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified())) 4307 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 4308 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4309 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &Init, 1); 4310 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4311 MultiExprArg(*this, &Init, 1), 4312 &DclT); 4313 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 4314 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 4315 return; 4316 } 4317 4318 Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>(); 4319 } 4320 4321 // C++ 3.6.2p2, allow dynamic initialization of static initializers. 4322 // Don't check invalid declarations to avoid emitting useless diagnostics. 4323 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 4324 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 4325 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 4326 } 4327 } 4328 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 4329 // completed by the initializer. For example: 4330 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 4331 // "ary" transitions from a VariableArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 4332 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) { 4333 VDecl->setType(DclT); 4334 Init->setType(DclT); 4335 } 4336 4337 Init = MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init); 4338 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 4339 VDecl->setInit(Init); 4340 4341 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 4342 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && 4343 !VDecl->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4344 VDecl->hasGlobalStorage() && !VDecl->isStaticLocal() && 4345 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, 4346 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) 4347 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 4348 << Init->getSourceRange(); 4349 4350 // Make sure we mark the destructor as used if necessary. 4351 QualType InitType = VDecl->getType(); 4352 while (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsArrayType(InitType)) 4353 InitType = Context.getBaseElementType(Array); 4354 if (const RecordType *Record = InitType->getAs<RecordType>()) 4355 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VDecl, Record); 4356 } 4357 4358 return; 4359} 4360 4361/// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 4362/// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 4363/// of sanity. 4364void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 4365 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 4366 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 4367 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 4368 4369 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 4370 if (!VD) return; 4371 4372 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 4373 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 4374 4375 // Require a complete type. 4376 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 4377 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 4378 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4379 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4380 return; 4381 } 4382 4383 // Require an abstract type. 4384 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 4385 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4386 AbstractVariableType)) { 4387 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 4388 return; 4389 } 4390 4391 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 4392 // though. 4393} 4394 4395void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 4396 bool TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4397 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 4398 if (RealDecl == 0) 4399 return; 4400 4401 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 4402 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 4403 4404 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p3 4405 if (TypeContainsUndeducedAuto) { 4406 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 4407 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 4408 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4409 return; 4410 } 4411 4412 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 4413 case VarDecl::Definition: 4414 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 4415 break; 4416 4417 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 4418 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 4419 // a declaration. 4420 // 4421 // Fall through 4422 4423 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 4424 // It's only a declaration. 4425 4426 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 4427 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 4428 // object shall be complete. 4429 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isBlockVarDecl() && 4430 !Var->getLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4431 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4432 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 4433 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4434 4435 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 4436 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4437 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4438 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4439 AbstractVariableType)) 4440 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4441 return; 4442 4443 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 4444 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 4445 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 4446 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 4447 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 4448 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 4449 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 4450 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 4451 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 4452 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4453 ArrayT->getElementType(), 4454 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 4455 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4456 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 4457 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 4458 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 4459 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 4460 // NOTE: code such as the following 4461 // static struct s; 4462 // struct s { int a; }; 4463 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 4464 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 4465 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 4466 if (Var->getPreviousDeclaration() == 0) 4467 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4468 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 4469 } 4470 } 4471 4472 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 4473 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4474 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 4475 return; 4476 } 4477 4478 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4479 // definitions with incomplete array type. 4480 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 4481 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 4482 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 4483 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4484 return; 4485 } 4486 4487 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 4488 // definitions with reference type. 4489 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 4490 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 4491 << Var->getDeclName() 4492 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 4493 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4494 return; 4495 } 4496 4497 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 4498 // variable with dependent type. 4499 if (Type->isDependentType()) 4500 return; 4501 4502 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 4503 return; 4504 4505 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 4506 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 4507 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 4508 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4509 return; 4510 } 4511 4512 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 4513 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 4514 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4515 AbstractVariableType)) { 4516 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4517 return; 4518 } 4519 4520 const RecordType *Record 4521 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>(); 4522 if (Record && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && 4523 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl())->isPOD()) { 4524 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 4525 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 4526 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 4527 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 4528 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 4529 // type shall have a user-declared default 4530 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 4531 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 4532 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 4533 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 4534 // program is ill-formed. 4535 // FIXME: DPG thinks it is very fishy that C++0x disables this. 4536 } else { 4537 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 4538 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 4539 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 4540 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) 4541 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4542 4543 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 4544 InitializationKind Kind 4545 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 4546 4547 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, 0, 0); 4548 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 4549 MultiExprArg(*this, 0, 0)); 4550 if (Init.isInvalid()) 4551 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 4552 else if (Init.get()) { 4553 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateCXXExprWithTemporaries(Init.takeAs<Expr>())); 4554 4555 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 4556 Var->hasGlobalStorage() && !Var->isStaticLocal() && 4557 !Var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 4558 !Var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(Context, false)) 4559 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor); 4560 } 4561 } 4562 4563 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Record) 4564 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(Var, Record); 4565 } 4566} 4567 4568Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 4569Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 4570 Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) { 4571 llvm::SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 4572 4573 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 4574 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 4575 4576 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) 4577 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) 4578 Decls.push_back(D); 4579 4580 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, 4581 Decls.data(), Decls.size())); 4582} 4583 4584 4585/// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 4586/// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 4587Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4588 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 4589 4590 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 4591 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 4592 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten = SC_None; 4593 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 4594 StorageClass = SC_Register; 4595 StorageClassAsWritten = SC_Register; 4596 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 4597 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 4598 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 4599 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 4600 } 4601 4602 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 4603 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 4604 4605 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 4606 4607 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 4608 // parameter (C++ only). 4609 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 4610 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4611 4612 TagDecl *OwnedDecl = 0; 4613 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S, &OwnedDecl); 4614 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 4615 4616 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && OwnedDecl && OwnedDecl->isDefinition()) { 4617 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 4618 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 4619 Diag(OwnedDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 4620 << Context.getTypeDeclType(OwnedDecl); 4621 } 4622 4623 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 4624 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 4625 if (II) { 4626 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 4627 ForRedeclaration); 4628 LookupName(R, S); 4629 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 4630 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 4631 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 4632 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4633 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 4634 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4635 PrevDecl = 0; 4636 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 4637 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 4638 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 4639 4640 // Recover by removing the name 4641 II = 0; 4642 D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 4643 D.setInvalidType(true); 4644 } 4645 } 4646 } 4647 4648 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 4649 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 4650 // looking like class members in C++. 4651 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 4652 TInfo, parmDeclType, II, 4653 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4654 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten); 4655 4656 if (D.isInvalidType()) 4657 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4658 4659 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4660 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4661 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 4662 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4663 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4664 } 4665 4666 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 4667 S->AddDecl(New); 4668 if (II) 4669 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 4670 4671 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 4672 4673 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 4674 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 4675 } 4676 return New; 4677} 4678 4679/// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 4680/// typedef. 4681ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 4682 SourceLocation Loc, 4683 QualType T) { 4684 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, 0, 4685 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 4686 SC_None, SC_None, 0); 4687 Param->setImplicit(); 4688 return Param; 4689} 4690 4691void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 4692 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 4693 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_unused_parameter) == 4694 Diagnostic::Ignored) 4695 return; 4696 4697 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 4698 // will already have done so in the template itself. 4699 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 4700 return; 4701 4702 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 4703 if (!(*Param)->isUsed() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 4704 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 4705 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 4706 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 4707 } 4708 } 4709} 4710 4711ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, 4712 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, QualType T, 4713 IdentifierInfo *Name, 4714 SourceLocation NameLoc, 4715 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass, 4716 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClassAsWritten) { 4717 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, NameLoc, Name, 4718 adjustParameterType(T), TSInfo, 4719 StorageClass, StorageClassAsWritten, 4720 0); 4721 4722 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 4723 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 4724 // the class has been completely parsed. 4725 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 4726 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 4727 AbstractParamType)) 4728 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4729 4730 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 4731 // passed by reference. 4732 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 4733 Diag(NameLoc, 4734 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T; 4735 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4736 } 4737 4738 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 4739 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 4740 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 4741 // an address space. 4742 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 4743 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 4744 New->setInvalidDecl(); 4745 } 4746 4747 return New; 4748} 4749 4750void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4751 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 4752 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4753 "Not a function declarator!"); 4754 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4755 4756 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 4757 // for a K&R function. 4758 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 4759 for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 4760 --i; 4761 if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) { 4762 llvm::SmallString<256> Code; 4763 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << " int " 4764 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName() 4765 << ";\n"; 4766 Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 4767 << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident 4768 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 4769 4770 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 4771 // type. 4772 DeclSpec DS; 4773 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 4774 unsigned DiagID; // unused 4775 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, 4776 PrevSpec, DiagID); 4777 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 4778 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc); 4779 FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 4780 } 4781 } 4782 } 4783} 4784 4785Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, 4786 Declarator &D) { 4787 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused"); 4788 assert(D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 4789 "Not a function declarator!"); 4790 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(0).Fun; 4791 4792 if (FTI.hasPrototype) { 4793 // FIXME: Diagnose arguments without names in C. 4794 } 4795 4796 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 4797 4798 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, 4799 MultiTemplateParamsArg(*this), 4800 /*IsFunctionDefinition=*/true); 4801 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 4802} 4803 4804static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 4805 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 4806 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 4807 return false; 4808 4809 // Or declarations that aren't global. 4810 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 4811 return false; 4812 4813 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 4814 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 4815 return false; 4816 4817 // Don't warn about 'main'. 4818 if (FD->isMain()) 4819 return false; 4820 4821 // Don't warn about inline functions. 4822 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 4823 return false; 4824 4825 // Don't warn about function templates. 4826 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 4827 return false; 4828 4829 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 4830 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 4831 return false; 4832 4833 bool MissingPrototype = true; 4834 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDeclaration(); 4835 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDeclaration()) { 4836 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 4837 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 4838 if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4839 continue; 4840 4841 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 4842 break; 4843 } 4844 4845 return MissingPrototype; 4846} 4847 4848Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 4849 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 4850 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 4851 4852 if (!D) 4853 return D; 4854 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 4855 4856 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 4857 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 4858 else 4859 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 4860 4861 // Enter a new function scope 4862 PushFunctionScope(); 4863 4864 // See if this is a redefinition. 4865 // But don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 4866 // was an extern inline function. 4867 const FunctionDecl *Definition; 4868 if (FD->hasBody(Definition) && 4869 !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOptions())) { 4870 if (getLangOptions().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 4871 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 4872 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 4873 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus; 4874 else 4875 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 4876 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 4877 } 4878 4879 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 4880 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 4881 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 4882 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 4883 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4884 } 4885 } 4886 4887 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 4888 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 4889 QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType(); 4890 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 4891 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 4892 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 4893 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 4894 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4895 4896 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 4897 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 4898 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 4899 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 4900 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 4901 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD)) 4902 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 4903 4904 if (FnBodyScope) 4905 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 4906 4907 // Check the validity of our function parameters 4908 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD); 4909 4910 bool ShouldCheckShadow = 4911 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow) != Diagnostic::Ignored; 4912 4913 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 4914 for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) { 4915 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p); 4916 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 4917 4918 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 4919 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 4920 if (ShouldCheckShadow) 4921 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 4922 4923 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 4924 } 4925 } 4926 4927 // Checking attributes of current function definition 4928 // dllimport attribute. 4929 DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 4930 if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) { 4931 // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition. 4932 if (!DA->isInherited()) { 4933 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 4934 diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration) 4935 << "dllimport"; 4936 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 4937 return FD; 4938 } 4939 4940 // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue 4941 // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled. 4942 if (!LangOpts.Microsoft) { 4943 // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the 4944 // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is 4945 // emitted. 4946 Diag(FD->getLocation(), 4947 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 4948 << FD->getName() << "dllimport"; 4949 } 4950 } 4951 return FD; 4952} 4953 4954/// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 4955/// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 4956/// optimization. 4957/// 4958/// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 4959/// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 4960/// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 4961/// use the named return value optimization. 4962/// 4963/// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 4964/// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is 4965/// the NRVO variable. 4966/// 4967/// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return 4968/// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to 4969/// find a maximal set of NRVO variables. 4970static void ComputeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 4971 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 4972 4973 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0; 4974 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 4975 if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 4976 return; 4977 4978 if (!NRVOCandidate) 4979 NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate(); 4980 else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) 4981 return; 4982 } 4983 4984 if (NRVOCandidate) 4985 const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true); 4986} 4987 4988Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 4989 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, move(BodyArg), false); 4990} 4991 4992Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 4993 bool IsInstantiation) { 4994 FunctionDecl *FD = 0; 4995 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl); 4996 if (FunTmpl) 4997 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 4998 else 4999 FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl); 5000 5001 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 5002 5003 if (FD) { 5004 FD->setBody(Body); 5005 if (FD->isMain()) { 5006 // C and C++ allow for main to automagically return 0. 5007 // Implements C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 5008 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 5009 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 5010 } 5011 5012 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 5013 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 5014 5015 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 5016 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 5017 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 5018 5019 ComputeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 5020 } 5021 5022 assert(FD == getCurFunctionDecl() && "Function parsing confused"); 5023 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 5024 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 5025 MD->setBody(Body); 5026 MD->setEndLoc(Body->getLocEnd()); 5027 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) 5028 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 5029 } else { 5030 return 0; 5031 } 5032 5033 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 5034 5035 // Check goto/label use. 5036 FunctionScopeInfo *CurFn = getCurFunction(); 5037 for (llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*, LabelStmt*>::iterator 5038 I = CurFn->LabelMap.begin(), E = CurFn->LabelMap.end(); I != E; ++I) { 5039 LabelStmt *L = I->second; 5040 5041 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 5042 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 5043 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 5044 if (L->getSubStmt() != 0) { 5045 if (!L->isUsed()) 5046 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::warn_unused_label) << L->getName(); 5047 continue; 5048 } 5049 5050 // Emit error. 5051 Diag(L->getIdentLoc(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L->getName(); 5052 5053 // At this point, we have gotos that use the bogus label. Stitch it into 5054 // the function body so that they aren't leaked and that the AST is well 5055 // formed. 5056 if (Body == 0) { 5057 // The whole function wasn't parsed correctly. 5058 continue; 5059 } 5060 5061 // Otherwise, the body is valid: we want to stitch the label decl into the 5062 // function somewhere so that it is properly owned and so that the goto 5063 // has a valid target. Do this by creating a new compound stmt with the 5064 // label in it. 5065 5066 // Give the label a sub-statement. 5067 L->setSubStmt(new (Context) NullStmt(L->getIdentLoc())); 5068 5069 CompoundStmt *Compound = isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body) ? 5070 cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)->getTryBlock() : 5071 cast<CompoundStmt>(Body); 5072 llvm::SmallVector<Stmt*, 64> Elements(Compound->body_begin(), 5073 Compound->body_end()); 5074 Elements.push_back(L); 5075 Compound->setStmts(Context, Elements.data(), Elements.size()); 5076 } 5077 5078 if (Body) { 5079 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 5080 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 5081 // Verify this. 5082 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 5083 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 5084 5085 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5086 // Verify that that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 5087 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 5088 !dcl->isInvalidDecl() && 5089 !hasAnyErrorsInThisFunction()) 5090 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 5091 5092 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 5093 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 5094 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 5095 5096 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 5097 Destructor->getParent()); 5098 } 5099 5100 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5101 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5102 // deletion in some later function. 5103 if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5104 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5105 else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 5106 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 5107 // enabled. 5108 QualType ResultType; 5109 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(dcl)) { 5110 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, FD); 5111 } else { 5112 ObjCMethodDecl *MD = cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl); 5113 AnalysisWarnings.IssueWarnings(WP, MD); 5114 } 5115 } 5116 5117 assert(ExprTemporaries.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 5118 } 5119 5120 if (!IsInstantiation) 5121 PopDeclContext(); 5122 5123 PopFunctionOrBlockScope(); 5124 5125 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 5126 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 5127 // deletion in some later function. 5128 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) 5129 ExprTemporaries.clear(); 5130 5131 return dcl; 5132} 5133 5134/// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 5135/// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 5136NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 5137 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 5138 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 5139 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 5140 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 5141 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 5142 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 5143 = LocallyScopedExternalDecls.find(&II); 5144 if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternalDecls.end()) { 5145 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second; 5146 Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5147 return Pos->second; 5148 } 5149 5150 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 5151 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 5152 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_builtin_unknown) << &II; 5153 else if (getLangOptions().C99) 5154 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5155 else 5156 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_function_decl) << &II; 5157 5158 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 5159 const char *Dummy; 5160 DeclSpec DS; 5161 unsigned DiagID; 5162 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID); 5163 Error = Error; // Silence warning. 5164 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 5165 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 5166 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(false, false, SourceLocation(), 0, 5167 0, 0, false, SourceLocation(), 5168 false, 0,0,0, Loc, Loc, D), 5169 SourceLocation()); 5170 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 5171 5172 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 5173 5174 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 5175 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5176 5177 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 5178 FD->setImplicit(); 5179 5180 CurContext = PrevDC; 5181 5182 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 5183 5184 return FD; 5185} 5186 5187/// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 5188/// the declaration of this function. 5189/// 5190/// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 5191/// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 5192/// like NSLog or printf. 5193void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 5194 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 5195 return; 5196 5197 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 5198 // actual attributes. 5199 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 5200 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 5201 unsigned FormatIdx; 5202 bool HasVAListArg; 5203 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 5204 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5205 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5206 "printf", FormatIdx+1, 5207 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5208 } 5209 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 5210 HasVAListArg)) { 5211 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5212 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5213 "scanf", FormatIdx+1, 5214 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2)); 5215 } 5216 5217 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 5218 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 5219 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 5220 if (!getLangOptions().MathErrno && 5221 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 5222 if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>()) 5223 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5224 } 5225 5226 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(BuiltinID)) 5227 FD->setType(Context.getNoReturnType(FD->getType())); 5228 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID)) 5229 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5230 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID)) 5231 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context)); 5232 } 5233 5234 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 5235 if (!Name) 5236 return; 5237 if ((!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5238 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 5239 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 5240 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 5241 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 5242 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 5243 // about. 5244 } else 5245 return; 5246 5247 if (Name->isStr("NSLog") || Name->isStr("NSLogv")) { 5248 // FIXME: NSLog and NSLogv should be target specific 5249 if (const FormatAttr *Format = FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 5250 // FIXME: We known better than our headers. 5251 const_cast<FormatAttr *>(Format)->setType(Context, "printf"); 5252 } else 5253 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5254 "printf", 1, 5255 Name->isStr("NSLogv") ? 0 : 2)); 5256 } else if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 5257 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 5258 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 5259 if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) 5260 FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 5261 "printf", 2, 5262 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3)); 5263 } 5264} 5265 5266TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 5267 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 5268 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 5269 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 5270 5271 if (!TInfo) { 5272 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 5273 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 5274 } 5275 5276 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 5277 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 5278 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5279 D.getIdentifier(), 5280 TInfo); 5281 5282 if (const TagType *TT = T->getAs<TagType>()) { 5283 TagDecl *TD = TT->getDecl(); 5284 5285 // If the TagDecl that the TypedefDecl points to is an anonymous decl 5286 // keep track of the TypedefDecl. 5287 if (!TD->getIdentifier() && !TD->getTypedefForAnonDecl()) 5288 TD->setTypedefForAnonDecl(NewTD); 5289 } 5290 5291 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5292 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 5293 return NewTD; 5294} 5295 5296 5297/// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 5298/// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 5299/// 5300/// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 5301bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 5302 TagTypeKind NewTag, 5303 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 5304 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 5305 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 5306 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 5307 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 5308 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 5309 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 5310 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 5311 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 5312 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 5313 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 5314 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 5315 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 5316 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 5317 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 5318 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 5319 if (OldTag == NewTag) 5320 return true; 5321 5322 if ((OldTag == TTK_Struct || OldTag == TTK_Class) && 5323 (NewTag == TTK_Struct || NewTag == TTK_Class)) { 5324 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 5325 bool isTemplate = false; 5326 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 5327 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 5328 5329 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 5330 << (NewTag == TTK_Class) 5331 << isTemplate << &Name 5332 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 5333 OldTag == TTK_Class? "class" : "struct"); 5334 Diag(Previous->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5335 return true; 5336 } 5337 return false; 5338} 5339 5340/// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 5341/// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 5342/// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 5343/// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 5344Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 5345 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5346 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 5347 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 5348 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 5349 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent) { 5350 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 5351 assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 5352 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 5353 5354 OwnedDecl = false; 5355 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 5356 5357 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 5358 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 5359 unsigned NumMatchedTemplateParamLists = TemplateParameterLists.size(); 5360 bool Invalid = false; 5361 if (TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5362 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams 5363 = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, SS, 5364 (TemplateParameterList**)TemplateParameterLists.get(), 5365 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 5366 TUK == TUK_Friend, 5367 isExplicitSpecialization, 5368 Invalid)) { 5369 // All but one template parameter lists have been matching. 5370 --NumMatchedTemplateParamLists; 5371 5372 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 5373 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 5374 // be a member of another template). 5375 if (Invalid) 5376 return 0; 5377 5378 OwnedDecl = false; 5379 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 5380 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 5381 TemplateParams, 5382 AS); 5383 TemplateParameterLists.release(); 5384 return Result.get(); 5385 } else { 5386 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 5387 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 5388 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 5389 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 5390 } 5391 } 5392 } 5393 5394 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 5395 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 5396 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 5397 5398 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 5399 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 5400 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 5401 5402 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 5403 5404 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5405 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 5406 5407 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 5408 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 5409 Name = 0; 5410 goto CreateNewDecl; 5411 } 5412 5413 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 5414 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 5415 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5416 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 5417 if (!DC) { 5418 IsDependent = true; 5419 return 0; 5420 } 5421 } else { 5422 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 5423 if (!DC) { 5424 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 5425 << SS.getRange(); 5426 return 0; 5427 } 5428 } 5429 5430 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 5431 return 0; 5432 5433 SearchDC = DC; 5434 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 5435 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 5436 5437 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5438 return 0; 5439 5440 if (Previous.empty()) { 5441 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 5442 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 5443 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 5444 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 5445 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 5446 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation()) { 5447 IsDependent = true; 5448 return 0; 5449 } 5450 5451 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 5452 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 5453 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 5454 Name = 0; 5455 Invalid = true; 5456 goto CreateNewDecl; 5457 } 5458 } else if (Name) { 5459 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 5460 // declaration or definition. 5461 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 5462 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 5463 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 5464 LookupName(Previous, S); 5465 5466 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 5467 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 5468 return 0; 5469 5470 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 5471 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 5472 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 5473 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 5474 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 5475 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 5476 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5477 } 5478 } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 5479 // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its 5480 // initial context to the translation unit. 5481 SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 5482 } 5483 5484 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5485 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 5486 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 5487 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5488 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 5489 Previous.clear(); 5490 } 5491 5492 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 5493 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 5494 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 5495 isStdBadAlloc = true; 5496 5497 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 5498 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 5499 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 5500 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 5501 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 5502 } 5503 } 5504 5505 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 5506 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 5507 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 5508 // there's a shadow friend decl. 5509 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 5510 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 5511 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 5512 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 5513 5514 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 5515 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 5516 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 5517 // 5518 // class-key identifier 5519 // 5520 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 5521 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 5522 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 5523 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 5524 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 5525 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 5526 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 5527 // declaration. 5528 // 5529 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 5530 // C structs and unions. 5531 // 5532 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 5533 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 5534 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 5535 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 5536 // 5537 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 5538 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 5539 // 5540 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 5541 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 5542 // lexical context, 5543 while (SearchDC->isRecord()) 5544 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 5545 5546 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 5547 while (S->isClassScope() || 5548 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 5549 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 5550 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 5551 (S->getEntity() && 5552 ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())) 5553 S = S->getParent(); 5554 } else { 5555 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 5556 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 5557 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 5558 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 5559 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 5560 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 5561 } 5562 5563 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 5564 // diagnose some problems. 5565 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5566 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 5567 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 5568 } 5569 } 5570 5571 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5572 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 5573 5574 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 5575 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 5576 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 5577 // in C++. 5578 // 5579 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 5580 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 5581 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 5582 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 5583 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5584 if (TypedefDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5585 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 5586 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 5587 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 5588 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 5589 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 5590 PrevDecl = Tag; 5591 Previous.clear(); 5592 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 5593 Previous.resolveKind(); 5594 } 5595 } 5596 } 5597 } 5598 5599 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5600 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 5601 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 5602 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 5603 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 5604 isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5605 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 5606 // struct or something similar. 5607 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, KWLoc, *Name)) { 5608 bool SafeToContinue 5609 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 5610 Kind != TTK_Enum); 5611 if (SafeToContinue) 5612 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 5613 << Name 5614 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 5615 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 5616 else 5617 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 5618 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 5619 5620 if (SafeToContinue) 5621 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 5622 else { 5623 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 5624 Name = 0; 5625 Previous.clear(); 5626 Invalid = true; 5627 } 5628 } 5629 5630 if (!Invalid) { 5631 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found. 5632 5633 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 5634 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 5635 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 5636 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 5637 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && !PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind()) || 5638 TUK == TUK_Friend) 5639 return PrevTagDecl; 5640 5641 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 5642 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 5643 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 5644 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 5645 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 5646 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 5647 if (!isExplicitSpecialization || 5648 !isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Def) || 5649 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)->getTemplateSpecializationKind() 5650 == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization) { 5651 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 5652 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5653 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 5654 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 5655 // references get the previous definition. 5656 Name = 0; 5657 Previous.clear(); 5658 Invalid = true; 5659 } 5660 } else { 5661 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 5662 // about a nested redefinition. 5663 TagType *Tag = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 5664 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 5665 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 5666 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 5667 diag::note_previous_definition); 5668 Name = 0; 5669 Previous.clear(); 5670 Invalid = true; 5671 } 5672 } 5673 5674 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 5675 // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 5676 } 5677 } 5678 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 5679 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 5680 5681 } else { 5682 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 5683 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 5684 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 5685 // have distinct types. 5686 Previous.clear(); 5687 } 5688 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 5689 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 5690 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 5691 5692 5693 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 5694 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 5695 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 5696 } else { 5697 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus); 5698 5699 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 5700 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 5701 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 5702 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 5703 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 5704 unsigned Kind = 0; 5705 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5706 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5707 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 5708 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 5709 Invalid = true; 5710 5711 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 5712 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S)) { 5713 // do nothing 5714 5715 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 5716 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5717 unsigned Kind = 0; 5718 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 5719 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 5720 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 5721 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5722 Invalid = true; 5723 5724 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 5725 // case here. 5726 } else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 5727 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 5728 << Name 5729 << cast<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)->getUnderlyingType(); 5730 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 5731 Invalid = true; 5732 5733 // Otherwise, diagnose. 5734 } else { 5735 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 5736 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 5737 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 5738 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5739 Name = 0; 5740 Invalid = true; 5741 } 5742 5743 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 5744 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 5745 Previous.clear(); 5746 } 5747 } 5748 5749CreateNewDecl: 5750 5751 TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0; 5752 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 5753 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 5754 5755 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 5756 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 5757 // keyword. 5758 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 5759 5760 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 5761 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 5762 // PrevDecl. 5763 TagDecl *New; 5764 5765 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 5766 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 5767 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 5768 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5769 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5770 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 5771 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 5772 TagDecl *Def; 5773 if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 5774 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 5775 << New; 5776 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 5777 } else { 5778 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 5779 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) 5780 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 5781 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5782 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 5783 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 5784 } 5785 } 5786 } else { 5787 // struct/union/class 5788 5789 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 5790 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 5791 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 5792 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 5793 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5794 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5795 5796 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 5797 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 5798 } else 5799 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, Loc, Name, KWLoc, 5800 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 5801 } 5802 5803 // Maybe add qualifier info. 5804 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 5805 if (SS.isSet()) { 5806 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS 5807 = static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier*>(SS.getScopeRep()); 5808 New->setQualifierInfo(NNS, SS.getRange()); 5809 if (NumMatchedTemplateParamLists > 0) { 5810 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 5811 NumMatchedTemplateParamLists, 5812 (TemplateParameterList**) TemplateParameterLists.release()); 5813 } 5814 } 5815 else 5816 Invalid = true; 5817 } 5818 5819 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 5820 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 5821 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 5822 // 5823 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 5824 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 5825 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 5826 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 5827 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 5828 // parsing of the struct). 5829 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 5830 } 5831 5832 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 5833 // check the specialization. 5834 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 5835 Invalid = true; 5836 5837 if (Invalid) 5838 New->setInvalidDecl(); 5839 5840 if (Attr) 5841 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 5842 5843 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope 5844 // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function. 5845 if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 5846 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 5847 5848 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 5849 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5850 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5851 5852 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 5853 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 5854 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty()); 5855 5856 // Set the access specifier. 5857 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 5858 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 5859 5860 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 5861 New->startDefinition(); 5862 5863 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 5864 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 5865 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 5866 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 5867 if (PrevDecl) 5868 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 5869 5870 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5871 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New, /* Recoverable = */ false); 5872 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 5873 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 5874 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 5875 } else if (Name) { 5876 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 5877 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 5878 } else { 5879 CurContext->addDecl(New); 5880 } 5881 5882 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 5883 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 5884 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 5885 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 5886 II->isStr("FILE")) 5887 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 5888 5889 OwnedDecl = true; 5890 return New; 5891} 5892 5893void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 5894 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5895 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5896 5897 // Enter the tag context. 5898 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 5899} 5900 5901void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5902 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 5903 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5904 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 5905 5906 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 5907 5908 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 5909 return; 5910 5911 // C++ [class]p2: 5912 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 5913 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 5914 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 5915 // as if it were a public member name. 5916 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 5917 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), 5918 CurContext, Record->getLocation(), 5919 Record->getIdentifier(), 5920 Record->getTagKeywordLoc(), 5921 Record); 5922 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 5923 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 5924 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 5925 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 5926 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 5927 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 5928 "Broken injected-class-name"); 5929} 5930 5931void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 5932 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 5933 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5934 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5935 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 5936 5937 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 5938 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 5939 5940 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 5941 PopDeclContext(); 5942 5943 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 5944 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 5945} 5946 5947void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 5948 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 5949 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 5950 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 5951 5952 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 5953 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 5954 // the FieldCollector. 5955 5956 PopDeclContext(); 5957} 5958 5959// Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 5960bool Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 5961 QualType FieldTy, const Expr *BitWidth, 5962 bool *ZeroWidth) { 5963 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 5964 if (ZeroWidth) 5965 *ZeroWidth = true; 5966 5967 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 5968 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 5969 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 5970 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 5971 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 5972 return true; 5973 if (FieldName) 5974 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 5975 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 5976 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 5977 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 5978 } 5979 5980 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 5981 // it now. 5982 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 5983 return false; 5984 5985 llvm::APSInt Value; 5986 if (VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value)) 5987 return true; 5988 5989 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 5990 *ZeroWidth = false; 5991 5992 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 5993 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 5994 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 5995 5996 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 5997 if (FieldName) 5998 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 5999 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 6000 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 6001 << Value.toString(10); 6002 } 6003 6004 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 6005 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 6006 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 6007 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6008 if (FieldName) 6009 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6010 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6011 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6012 6013 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6014 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6015 } 6016 6017 if (FieldName) 6018 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6019 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 6020 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6021 else 6022 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 6023 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 6024 } 6025 } 6026 6027 return false; 6028} 6029 6030/// ActOnField - Each field of a struct/union/class is passed into this in order 6031/// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 6032Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 6033 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6034 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth) { 6035 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 6036 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 6037 AS_public); 6038 return Res; 6039} 6040 6041/// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 6042/// 6043FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 6044 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6045 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 6046 AccessSpecifier AS) { 6047 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6048 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6049 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6050 6051 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6052 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6053 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 6054 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 6055 6056 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D); 6057 6058 if (D.getDeclSpec().isThreadSpecified()) 6059 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread); 6060 6061 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 6062 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 6063 LookupName(Previous, S); 6064 assert((Previous.empty() || Previous.isOverloadedResult() || 6065 Previous.isSingleResult()) 6066 && "Lookup of member name should be either overloaded, single or null"); 6067 6068 // If the name is overloaded then get any declaration else get the single result 6069 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.isOverloadedResult() ? 6070 Previous.getRepresentativeDecl() : Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 6071 6072 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6073 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6074 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 6075 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6076 PrevDecl = 0; 6077 } 6078 6079 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 6080 PrevDecl = 0; 6081 6082 bool Mutable 6083 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 6084 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6085 FieldDecl *NewFD 6086 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, TSSL, 6087 AS, PrevDecl, &D); 6088 6089 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 6090 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6091 6092 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 6093 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 6094 // with the same name in the same scope. 6095 } else if (II) { 6096 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 6097 } else 6098 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 6099 6100 return NewFD; 6101} 6102 6103/// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 6104/// 6105/// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 6106/// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 6107/// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 6108/// created. 6109/// 6110/// \returns a new FieldDecl. 6111/// 6112/// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 6113FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 6114 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6115 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 6116 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 6117 SourceLocation TSSL, 6118 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 6119 Declarator *D) { 6120 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 6121 bool InvalidDecl = false; 6122 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 6123 6124 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 6125 // marking this declaration as invalid. 6126 if (T.isNull()) { 6127 InvalidDecl = true; 6128 T = Context.IntTy; 6129 } 6130 6131 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 6132 if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && 6133 RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6134 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 6135 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 6136 InvalidDecl = true; 6137 } 6138 6139 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6140 // than a variably modified type. 6141 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6142 bool SizeIsNegative; 6143 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6144 QualType FixedTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, 6145 SizeIsNegative, 6146 Oversized); 6147 if (!FixedTy.isNull()) { 6148 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6149 T = FixedTy; 6150 } else { 6151 if (SizeIsNegative) 6152 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 6153 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 6154 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 6155 << Oversized.toString(10); 6156 else 6157 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 6158 InvalidDecl = true; 6159 } 6160 } 6161 6162 // Fields can not have abstract class types 6163 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 6164 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 6165 AbstractFieldType)) 6166 InvalidDecl = true; 6167 6168 bool ZeroWidth = false; 6169 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 6170 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth && 6171 VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth)) { 6172 InvalidDecl = true; 6173 BitWidth = 0; 6174 ZeroWidth = false; 6175 } 6176 6177 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 6178 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 6179 unsigned DiagID = 0; 6180 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6181 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 6182 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 6183 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 6184 6185 if (DiagID) { 6186 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 6187 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 6188 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 6189 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 6190 Mutable = false; 6191 InvalidDecl = true; 6192 } 6193 } 6194 6195 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 6196 BitWidth, Mutable); 6197 if (InvalidDecl) 6198 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6199 6200 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6201 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6202 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6203 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6204 } 6205 6206 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6207 CXXRecordDecl* CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 6208 6209 if (T->isReferenceType()) 6210 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); 6211 6212 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6213 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6214 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6215 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6216 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialConstructor(false); 6217 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6218 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyConstructor(false); 6219 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6220 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialCopyAssignment(false); 6221 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6222 CXXRecord->setHasTrivialDestructor(false); 6223 6224 // C++ 9.5p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 6225 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 6226 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 6227 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 6228 // objects. 6229 // TODO: C++0x alters this restriction significantly. 6230 if (Record->isUnion() && CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 6231 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6232 } 6233 } 6234 } 6235 6236 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 6237 // representation, not a parser representation. 6238 if (D) 6239 // FIXME: What to pass instead of TUScope? 6240 ProcessDeclAttributes(TUScope, NewFD, *D); 6241 6242 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 6243 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 6244 6245 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 6246 return NewFD; 6247} 6248 6249bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 6250 assert(FD); 6251 assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 6252 6253 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 6254 return true; 6255 6256 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6257 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6258 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 6259 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 6260 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 6261 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 6262 // copy constructors. 6263 6264 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 6265 if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyConstructor()) 6266 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 6267 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialConstructor()) 6268 member = CXXConstructor; 6269 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialCopyAssignment()) 6270 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 6271 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDestructor()) 6272 member = CXXDestructor; 6273 6274 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 6275 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 6276 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 6277 DiagnoseNontrivial(RT, member); 6278 return true; 6279 } 6280 } 6281 } 6282 6283 return false; 6284} 6285 6286/// DiagnoseNontrivial - Given that a class has a non-trivial 6287/// special member, figure out why. 6288void Sema::DiagnoseNontrivial(const RecordType* T, CXXSpecialMember member) { 6289 QualType QT(T, 0U); 6290 CXXRecordDecl* RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(T->getDecl()); 6291 6292 // Check whether the member was user-declared. 6293 switch (member) { 6294 case CXXInvalid: 6295 break; 6296 6297 case CXXConstructor: 6298 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredConstructor()) { 6299 typedef CXXRecordDecl::ctor_iterator ctor_iter; 6300 for (ctor_iter ci = RD->ctor_begin(), ce = RD->ctor_end(); ci != ce;++ci){ 6301 const FunctionDecl *body = 0; 6302 ci->hasBody(body); 6303 if (!body || !cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(body)->isImplicitlyDefined()) { 6304 SourceLocation CtorLoc = ci->getLocation(); 6305 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6306 return; 6307 } 6308 } 6309 6310 assert(0 && "found no user-declared constructors"); 6311 return; 6312 } 6313 break; 6314 6315 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6316 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyConstructor()) { 6317 SourceLocation CtorLoc = 6318 RD->getCopyConstructor(Context, 0)->getLocation(); 6319 Diag(CtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6320 return; 6321 } 6322 break; 6323 6324 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6325 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredCopyAssignment()) { 6326 // FIXME: this should use the location of the copy 6327 // assignment, not the type. 6328 SourceLocation TyLoc = RD->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6329 Diag(TyLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6330 return; 6331 } 6332 break; 6333 6334 case CXXDestructor: 6335 if (RD->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 6336 SourceLocation DtorLoc = LookupDestructor(RD)->getLocation(); 6337 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_user_defined) << QT << member; 6338 return; 6339 } 6340 break; 6341 } 6342 6343 typedef CXXRecordDecl::base_class_iterator base_iter; 6344 6345 // Virtual bases and members inhibit trivial copying/construction, 6346 // but not trivial destruction. 6347 if (member != CXXDestructor) { 6348 // Check for virtual bases. vbases includes indirect virtual bases, 6349 // so we just iterate through the direct bases. 6350 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) 6351 if (bi->isVirtual()) { 6352 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6353 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 1; 6354 return; 6355 } 6356 6357 // Check for virtual methods. 6358 typedef CXXRecordDecl::method_iterator meth_iter; 6359 for (meth_iter mi = RD->method_begin(), me = RD->method_end(); mi != me; 6360 ++mi) { 6361 if (mi->isVirtual()) { 6362 SourceLocation MLoc = mi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6363 Diag(MLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_virtual) << QT << 0; 6364 return; 6365 } 6366 } 6367 } 6368 6369 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*hasTrivial)() const; 6370 switch (member) { 6371 case CXXConstructor: 6372 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialConstructor; break; 6373 case CXXCopyConstructor: 6374 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyConstructor; break; 6375 case CXXCopyAssignment: 6376 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment; break; 6377 case CXXDestructor: 6378 hasTrivial = &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialDestructor; break; 6379 default: 6380 assert(0 && "unexpected special member"); return; 6381 } 6382 6383 // Check for nontrivial bases (and recurse). 6384 for (base_iter bi = RD->bases_begin(), be = RD->bases_end(); bi != be; ++bi) { 6385 const RecordType *BaseRT = bi->getType()->getAs<RecordType>(); 6386 assert(BaseRT && "Don't know how to handle dependent bases"); 6387 CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecTy = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRT->getDecl()); 6388 if (!(BaseRecTy->*hasTrivial)()) { 6389 SourceLocation BaseLoc = bi->getSourceRange().getBegin(); 6390 Diag(BaseLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 1 << member; 6391 DiagnoseNontrivial(BaseRT, member); 6392 return; 6393 } 6394 } 6395 6396 // Check for nontrivial members (and recurse). 6397 typedef RecordDecl::field_iterator field_iter; 6398 for (field_iter fi = RD->field_begin(), fe = RD->field_end(); fi != fe; 6399 ++fi) { 6400 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType((*fi)->getType()); 6401 if (const RecordType *EltRT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6402 CXXRecordDecl* EltRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EltRT->getDecl()); 6403 6404 if (!(EltRD->*hasTrivial)()) { 6405 SourceLocation FLoc = (*fi)->getLocation(); 6406 Diag(FLoc, diag::note_nontrivial_has_nontrivial) << QT << 0 << member; 6407 DiagnoseNontrivial(EltRT, member); 6408 return; 6409 } 6410 } 6411 } 6412 6413 assert(0 && "found no explanation for non-trivial member"); 6414} 6415 6416/// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 6417/// AST enum value. 6418static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 6419TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 6420 switch (ivarVisibility) { 6421 default: assert(0 && "Unknown visitibility kind"); 6422 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 6423 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 6424 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 6425 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 6426 } 6427} 6428 6429/// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 6430/// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 6431Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 6432 SourceLocation DeclStart, 6433 Decl *IntfDecl, 6434 Declarator &D, ExprTy *BitfieldWidth, 6435 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 6436 6437 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 6438 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 6439 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 6440 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 6441 6442 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 6443 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 6444 6445 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 6446 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 6447 6448 if (BitWidth) { 6449 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 6450 if (VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth)) { 6451 D.setInvalidType(); 6452 BitWidth = 0; 6453 } 6454 } else { 6455 // Not a bitfield. 6456 6457 // validate II. 6458 6459 } 6460 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 6461 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 6462 D.setInvalidType(); 6463 } 6464 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 6465 // than a variably modified type. 6466 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 6467 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 6468 D.setInvalidType(); 6469 } 6470 6471 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 6472 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 6473 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 6474 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 6475 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 6476 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(IntfDecl); 6477 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 6478 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6479 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6480 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2) { 6481 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 6482 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 6483 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 6484 } 6485 else 6486 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6487 } else { 6488 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6489 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6490 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 6491 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 6492 return 0; 6493 } 6494 } 6495 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 6496 } 6497 6498 // Construct the decl. 6499 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, 6500 EnclosingContext, Loc, II, T, 6501 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 6502 6503 if (II) { 6504 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 6505 ForRedeclaration); 6506 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 6507 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 6508 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 6509 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 6510 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6511 } 6512 } 6513 6514 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 6515 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 6516 6517 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6518 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 6519 6520 if (II) { 6521 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 6522 // these to the interface. 6523 S->AddDecl(NewID); 6524 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 6525 } 6526 6527 return NewID; 6528} 6529 6530/// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 6531/// class and class extensions. For every class @interface and class 6532/// extension @interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 6533/// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 6534void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6535 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 6536 if (!LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI2 || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 6537 return; 6538 6539 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 6540 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 6541 6542 if (!Ivar->isBitField()) 6543 return; 6544 uint64_t BitFieldSize = 6545 Ivar->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(Context).getZExtValue(); 6546 if (BitFieldSize == 0) 6547 return; 6548 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6549 if (!ID) { 6550 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6551 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 6552 return; 6553 } 6554 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 6555 else 6556 return; 6557 } 6558 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 6559 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.CharTy), 0); 6560 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.CharTy, DeclLoc); 6561 6562 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl), 6563 DeclLoc, 0, 6564 Context.CharTy, 6565 Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy), 6566 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 6567 true); 6568 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 6569} 6570 6571void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S, 6572 SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 6573 Decl **Fields, unsigned NumFields, 6574 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac, 6575 AttributeList *Attr) { 6576 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 6577 6578 // If the decl this is being inserted into is invalid, then it may be a 6579 // redeclaration or some other bogus case. Don't try to add fields to it. 6580 if (EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 6581 // FIXME: Deallocate fields? 6582 return; 6583 } 6584 6585 6586 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 6587 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 6588 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 6589 6590 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 6591 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumFields; ++i) { 6592 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(Fields[i]); 6593 6594 // Get the type for the field. 6595 Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 6596 6597 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 6598 // Remember all fields written by the user. 6599 RecFields.push_back(FD); 6600 } 6601 6602 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 6603 // diagnostics about it. 6604 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6605 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6606 continue; 6607 } 6608 6609 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 6610 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 6611 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 6612 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 6613 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 6614 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 6615 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 6616 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 6617 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 6618 // array. 6619 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 6620 // Field declared as a function. 6621 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 6622 << FD->getDeclName(); 6623 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6624 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6625 continue; 6626 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 6627 ((i == NumFields - 1 && !Record->isUnion()) || 6628 (getLangOptions().Microsoft && 6629 (i == NumFields - 1 || Record->isUnion())))) { 6630 // Flexible array member. 6631 // Microsoft is more permissive regarding flexible array. 6632 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 6633 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 6634 if (getLangOptions().Microsoft) { 6635 if (Record->isUnion()) 6636 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union) 6637 << FD->getDeclName(); 6638 else if (NumFields == 1) 6639 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate) 6640 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 6641 } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) { 6642 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct) 6643 << FD->getDeclName(); 6644 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6645 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6646 continue; 6647 } 6648 if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() && 6649 !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType())->isPODType()) { 6650 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type) 6651 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6652 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6653 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6654 continue; 6655 } 6656 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 6657 if (Record) 6658 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6659 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 6660 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 6661 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 6662 // Incomplete type 6663 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6664 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6665 continue; 6666 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 6667 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 6668 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 6669 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 6670 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6671 } else { 6672 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 6673 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 6674 // structures. 6675 if (i != NumFields-1) 6676 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 6677 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 6678 else { 6679 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 6680 // other structs as an extension. 6681 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 6682 << FD->getDeclName(); 6683 if (Record) 6684 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 6685 } 6686 } 6687 } 6688 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6689 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6690 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 6691 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 6692 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object); 6693 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 6694 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 6695 continue; 6696 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && 6697 getLangOptions().getGCMode() != LangOptions::NonGC && 6698 Record && 6699 (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 6700 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())) 6701 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6702 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 6703 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 6704 if (Record && BaseType->isRecordType() && 6705 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 6706 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 6707 } 6708 // Keep track of the number of named members. 6709 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 6710 ++NumNamedMembers; 6711 } 6712 6713 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 6714 if (Record) { 6715 Record->completeDefinition(); 6716 } else { 6717 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 6718 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 6719 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6720 ID->setLocEnd(RBrac); 6721 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 6722 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 6723 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 6724 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 6725 } 6726 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 6727 // duplicates. 6728 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 6729 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 6730 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 6731 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6732 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 6733 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 6734 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 6735 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 6736 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 6737 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 6738 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 6739 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 6740 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 6741 // reported as errors elsewhere. 6742 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 6743 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 6744 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 6745 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 6746 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 6747 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 6748 } 6749 } 6750 } 6751 6752 if (Attr) 6753 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 6754 6755 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a subclass, 6756 // set the visibility of this record. 6757 if (Record && !Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 6758 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Record); 6759} 6760 6761/// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 6762/// the given type T. 6763static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 6764 llvm::APSInt &Value, 6765 QualType T) { 6766 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 6767 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 6768 6769 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) 6770 return Value.getActiveBits() < BitWidth; 6771 6772 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 6773} 6774 6775// \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 6776// (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 6777static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 6778 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 6779 // enum checking below. 6780 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 6781 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 6782 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 6783 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 6784 }; 6785 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 6786 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 6787 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 6788 }; 6789 6790 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 6791 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerType()? SignedIntegralTypes 6792 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 6793 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 6794 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 6795 return Types[I]; 6796 6797 return QualType(); 6798} 6799 6800EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 6801 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 6802 SourceLocation IdLoc, 6803 IdentifierInfo *Id, 6804 Expr *Val) { 6805 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 6806 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 6807 QualType EltTy; 6808 if (Val) { 6809 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 6810 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 6811 else { 6812 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 6813 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 6814 if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 6815 VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal)) { 6816 Val = 0; 6817 } else { 6818 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) { 6819 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 6820 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 6821 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 6822 // representable as an int. 6823 6824 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 6825 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 6826 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 6827 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 6828 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 6829 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 6830 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 6831 ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast); 6832 } 6833 } 6834 6835 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6836 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6837 // is the type of its initializing value: 6838 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 6839 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 6840 EltTy = Val->getType(); 6841 } 6842 } 6843 } 6844 6845 if (!Val) { 6846 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 6847 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 6848 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 6849 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6850 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6851 // is the type of its initializing value: 6852 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 6853 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 6854 // 6855 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 6856 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 6857 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 6858 } else { 6859 // Assign the last value + 1. 6860 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6861 ++EnumVal; 6862 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 6863 6864 // Check for overflow on increment. 6865 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 6866 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 6867 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 6868 // is the type of its initializing value: 6869 // 6870 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 6871 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 6872 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 6873 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 6874 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 6875 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 6876 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 6877 if (T.isNull()) { 6878 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 6879 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 6880 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6881 EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 6882 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large) 6883 << EnumVal.toString(10); 6884 } else { 6885 EltTy = T; 6886 } 6887 6888 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 6889 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 6890 // value, then increment. 6891 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 6892 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 6893 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 6894 ++EnumVal; 6895 6896 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 6897 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 6898 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 6899 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 6900 // integral type. 6901 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 6902 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 6903 } else if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 6904 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 6905 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 6906 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 6907 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 6908 } 6909 } 6910 } 6911 6912 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 6913 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 6914 // enumerator's type. 6915 EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 6916 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerType()); 6917 } 6918 6919 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 6920 Val, EnumVal); 6921} 6922 6923 6924Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, 6925 Decl *lastEnumConst, 6926 SourceLocation IdLoc, 6927 IdentifierInfo *Id, 6928 SourceLocation EqualLoc, ExprTy *val) { 6929 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 6930 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 6931 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 6932 Expr *Val = static_cast<Expr*>(val); 6933 6934 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 6935 // we find one that is. 6936 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 6937 6938 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 6939 // scope. 6940 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 6941 ForRedeclaration); 6942 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 6943 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 6944 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 6945 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 6946 PrevDecl = 0; 6947 } 6948 6949 if (PrevDecl) { 6950 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 6951 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 6952 assert((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 6953 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 6954 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 6955 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 6956 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 6957 else 6958 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 6959 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 6960 return 0; 6961 } 6962 } 6963 6964 EnumConstantDecl *New = CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, 6965 IdLoc, Id, Val); 6966 6967 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 6968 if (New) { 6969 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 6970 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 6971 } 6972 6973 return New; 6974} 6975 6976void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 6977 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 6978 Decl **Elements, unsigned NumElements, 6979 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 6980 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 6981 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 6982 6983 if (Attr) 6984 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 6985 6986 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 6987 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 6988 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 6989 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 6990 if (!ECD) continue; 6991 6992 ECD->setType(EnumType); 6993 } 6994 6995 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 6996 return; 6997 } 6998 6999 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 7000 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 7001 // emit a warning. 7002 unsigned IntWidth = Context.Target.getIntWidth(); 7003 unsigned CharWidth = Context.Target.getCharWidth(); 7004 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.Target.getShortWidth(); 7005 7006 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 7007 // reverse the list. 7008 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 7009 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 7010 7011 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 7012 bool AllElementsInt = true; 7013 7014 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7015 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 7016 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7017 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7018 7019 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7020 7021 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 7022 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 7023 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 7024 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 7025 else 7026 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 7027 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 7028 7029 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 7030 if (AllElementsInt) 7031 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 7032 } 7033 7034 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 7035 // FIXME: Support -fshort-enums. 7036 QualType BestType; 7037 unsigned BestWidth; 7038 7039 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 7040 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 7041 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 7042 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 7043 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 7044 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 7045 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 7046 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 7047 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 7048 QualType BestPromotionType; 7049 7050 bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false; 7051 7052 if (NumNegativeBits) { 7053 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 7054 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 7055 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7056 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 7057 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 7058 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7059 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 7060 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 7061 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 7062 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7063 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 7064 BestType = Context.IntTy; 7065 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7066 } else { 7067 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth(); 7068 7069 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 7070 BestType = Context.LongTy; 7071 } else { 7072 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7073 7074 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 7075 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large); 7076 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 7077 } 7078 } 7079 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 7080 } else { 7081 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 7082 // all of the enumerator values. 7083 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 7084 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 7085 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 7086 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7087 BestWidth = CharWidth; 7088 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 7089 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 7090 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 7091 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 7092 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 7093 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 7094 BestWidth = IntWidth; 7095 BestPromotionType 7096 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7097 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 7098 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 7099 (BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongWidth())) { 7100 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 7101 BestPromotionType 7102 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7103 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 7104 } else { 7105 BestWidth = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth(); 7106 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 7107 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 7108 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 7109 BestPromotionType 7110 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7111 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 7112 } 7113 } 7114 7115 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 7116 // the type of the enum if needed. 7117 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElements; ++i) { 7118 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 7119 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 7120 7121 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 7122 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 7123 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 7124 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 7125 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 7126 7127 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 7128 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 7129 7130 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 7131 // the enum decl type. 7132 QualType NewTy; 7133 unsigned NewWidth; 7134 bool NewSign; 7135 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && 7136 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 7137 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 7138 NewWidth = IntWidth; 7139 NewSign = true; 7140 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 7141 // Already the right type! 7142 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7143 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7144 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7145 // enumeration. 7146 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7147 continue; 7148 } else { 7149 NewTy = BestType; 7150 NewWidth = BestWidth; 7151 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerType(); 7152 } 7153 7154 // Adjust the APSInt value. 7155 InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 7156 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 7157 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 7158 7159 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 7160 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 7161 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 7162 CK_IntegralCast, 7163 ECD->getInitExpr(), 7164 /*base paths*/ 0, 7165 VK_RValue)); 7166 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) 7167 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 7168 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 7169 // enumeration. 7170 ECD->setType(EnumType); 7171 else 7172 ECD->setType(NewTy); 7173 } 7174 7175 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 7176 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 7177} 7178 7179Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *expr) { 7180 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 7181 7182 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 7183 Loc, AsmString); 7184 CurContext->addDecl(New); 7185 return New; 7186} 7187 7188void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7189 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7190 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 7191 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 7192 7193 if (PrevDecl) { 7194 PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context)); 7195 } else { 7196 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7197 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 7198 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc))); 7199 } 7200} 7201 7202void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 7203 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 7204 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 7205 SourceLocation NameLoc, 7206 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 7207 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 7208 LookupOrdinaryName); 7209 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 7210 7211 if (PrevDecl) { 7212 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 7213 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 7214 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 7215 } else { 7216 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 7217 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 7218 } 7219} 7220